dandaragan-1 ep-321 plug and abandonment environmental...

Dandaragan-1

EP-321

Plug and Abandonment

Environmental Management Plan

Report prepared by: Latent Petroleum Limited

8 August 2016

Document number

WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 - Summary

Revision

2

Date of revision

8 August 2016

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment Environmental Plan 8 August 2016

WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 ii

A. Project Description Background

Dandaragan-1 was drilled in EP321 to a depth of 1103mRT during August 1995. The well encountered oil shows in the basal part of the Otorowiri Member (819-824m) and later testing recovered an inconsequential amount of biodegraded oil. The well was subsequently shut in and has remained so until the present day. The well has been inspected regularly in the intervening period and remains in good condition. The wellhead pressure gauge shows zero pressure at surface.

This Environmental Plan is to manage the Plugging and Abandonment of the well and is associated with the Dandaragan-1 P&A Well Management Plan (WMP). Subsequent rehabilitation of the well location will be the subject of a separate EP.

Well Location and Access

The well is located on freehold farm land (Lot 1865) approximately 1.5km north of Dandaragan Road and 4.75km east of Muthawandery Road, Dandaragan. Access to the site is via a farm track. See Aerial image Figure 2:

Figure 1 - Dandaragan-1 Aerial Location Map


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 iii

Figure 2 - Dandaragan-1 Well Pad Aerial View

The well information from the well completion report is set out below.

Exploration Permit EP321

Location from WCR: 115°48'26.7"E 30°35'51.6"S

Location corrected with Datum Shift 115°48'31.872"E 30°35'46.956"S

Elevation RT 270m above mean sea level GL 267m above mean sea level

Total Depth 1103m (Driller – uncorrected for pipe stretch) 1088.3m Bridged (Wireline logs)

Date Spudded 22 August 1995

Table 1 - Dandaragan-1 Well Information


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 iv

B. ENVIRONMENT PLAN Table 2 presents a summary of Latent’s commitments to managing the environmental impact the well abandonment programme and gathering data to prepare the site Rehabilitation Plan

Table 2 - Commitments & Management Strategies

ID Commitment Responsibility EP Section

Evidence of Action

Well P&A

1 Ensure that the Latent Wellsite Manager is familiar with this EP

Latent Managing Director

7.2 Results of a compliance audit / inspection

2 Implement the well abandonment in accordance to the approved Plug & Abandonment Well Management Plan

Latent Wellsite Manager 2.4 Results of a compliance audit / inspection

3 Sample and analyse soil around well head for any unacceptable substances at excessive levels


2.4 and 6.5 Inclusion in Rehabilitation Plan

4 Sample soil in mud sump and flare pits for any unacceptable substances at excessive levels


2.4 and 6.5 Inclusion in Rehabilitation Plan

5 Sample and analyse water from nearby farmer’s bore for any unacceptable substances at excessive levels


2.4 Inclusion in Rehabilitation Plan

6 Submit Emissions and Discharges Report for the quarter that activities take place.


10.2.3 Submission of report.

7 Submit Final P&A Report within three months of completion.


2.5 Submission of Report.

8 Consult with Landowner to ascertain any rehabilitation requests and where possible incorporate in the Rehabilitation Plan prior to DMP approval


9.0 Landowner accepts Rehabilitation Plan and agrees the site has been restored once work is completed

9 Contingent on the results of 4, 5 and 6 above, consult with DMP on the nature and scope of any restoration/decontamination work that may be required and prepare Rehabilitation Plan.


9.0 Acceptance of Site Rehabilitation Plan

10 Resubmisson of Dandaragan-1 P&A including a rehabilitation plan by 19 August 2016.


9.0 Submission of plan


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 5

C. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 7

1.1 EP OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................................ 8 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY .................................................................................................................................. 8 1.3 LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................................... 10

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 14

2.1 LOCATION AND STATUS – DANDARAGAN‐1 ....................................................................................................... 14 2.2 WELL PLANS AND OBJECTIVES ......................................................................................................................... 15 2.3 WELL PLUG AND ABANDONMENT .................................................................................................................... 15 2.4 REPORTING ................................................................................................................................................... 16

3 PLUG AND ABANDONMENT PROGRAMME ............................................................................................. 17

3.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................................... 17 3.2 CAMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 18 3.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS: ............................................................................................................................. 18 3.4 CHEMICAL STORAGE ....................................................................................................................................... 18 3.5 PUBLIC SAFETY............................................................................................................................................... 19

4 EXISTING ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 20

4.1 CLIMATE ....................................................................................................................................................... 20 4.2 REGIONAL SETTING......................................................................................................................................... 20 4.3 GEOLOGY OF THE PERTH BASIN ........................................................................................................................ 20 4.4 LAND SYSTEMS .............................................................................................................................................. 21 4.5 SOILS ............................................................................................................................................................ 21 4.6 SURFACE HYDROLOGY ..................................................................................................................................... 21 4.7 GROUNDWATER ............................................................................................................................................. 24 4.8 GROUNDWATER DEPENDENT ECOSYSTEMS ......................................................................................................... 26 4.9 VEGETATION & FLORA .................................................................................................................................... 28 4.10 FAUNA ......................................................................................................................................................... 30 4.11 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................................... 30 4.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS AND CONSERVATION AREAS ADJACENT TO PROJECT ......................................... 31

5 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ..................................................................................... 32

6 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES, STANDARDS AND MEASUREMENT CRITERIA ............................................. 36

6.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................................... 36 6.2 SOILS AND LANDFORM .................................................................................................................................... 36 6.3 GROUNDWATER ............................................................................................................................................. 37 6.4 SURFACE WATER ............................................................................................................................................ 38 6.5 VEGETATION ................................................................................................................................................. 38 6.6 FAUNA ......................................................................................................................................................... 40 6.7 FIRE ............................................................................................................................................................. 41 6.8 NOISE ........................................................................................................................................................... 42 6.9 AIR EMISSIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 43 6.10 WASTE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................................... 44

7 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY .................................................................................................................. 45

7.1 SYSTEMS, PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................. 45 7.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PERSONNEL ...................................................................................................... 48 7.3 TRAINING AND COMPETENCIES ......................................................................................................................... 51 7.4 COMMITMENTS OF THIS EP ............................................................................................................................. 51 7.5 AUDITING, MANAGEMENT OF NON‐CONFORMANCE AND REVIEW .......................................................................... 51 7.6 NON‐CONFORMANCE, CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTATIVE ACTION .......................................................................... 52 7.7 RECORD KEEPING ........................................................................................................................................... 52 7.8 REFERENCE MATERIAL .................................................................................................................................... 52

8 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ........................................................................................................................... 53

8.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN .......................................................................................................................... 53 8.2 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN .......................................................................................................................... 53 8.3 INJURY/ACCIDENT PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................................ 53

9 REHABILITATION ...................................................................................................................................... 53

10 REPORTING .............................................................................................................................................. 54


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 6

10.1 INTERNAL REPORTING ..................................................................................................................................... 54 10.2 EXTERNAL REPORTING .................................................................................................................................... 54

11 CONSULTATION........................................................................................................................................ 58

12 BIBLIOGRAPHY ......................................................................................................................................... 59

FIGURES Figure 1 - Dandaragan-1 Aerial Location Map ii Figure 2 - Dandaragan-1 Well Pad Aerial View iii Figure 3 - Location of Dandaragan-1 7 Figure 4 – Latent Petroleum’s Environmental Management Policy 9 Figure 5 – Dandaragan-1 Well Design 15 Figure 6 - Well Pad Layout 15 Figure 7 – Drainge lines, lakes and GDE's located in the region 23 Figure 8 - Sedge wetland area east of the Project area 24 Figure 9 – Hydrogeology of Project Area 25 Figure 10 – Current Groundwater Licences in local area 27 Figure 11 - Front entrance view of the flare pit and mud sump in background 28 Figure 12 - Native vegetation occurring >180m southwest of Dandaragan-1 29 Figure 13 - Latent Petroleum Organisational Chart 48

TABLES Table 1 - Dandaragan-1 Well Information iii Table 2 - Commitments & Management Strategies iv Table 3 - Aquifers at Dandaragan-1 24 Table 4 – Threatened and Priority flora recorded within a 10km radius of Dandaragan-1 29 Table 5 - Summary of Key Project Activities and Sources of Risk 32 Table 6 - Risk Assessment Matrix with Cause and Management Control 33 Table 7 - Summary of performance objectives, standards and measures 46 Table 8 - Personnel Responsibilities for Environmental Issues 49 Table 9 – Routine and Incident Reporting Requirements for Petroleum Activities 56 Table 10 - List of reportable incidents 56 Table 11 - Planned Emissions and Discharges 57 Table 12 - Unplanned Emissions and Discharges 57 Table 13 – Stakeholder consultation undertaken to date 58

APPENDICES APPENDIX 1 ‐ LETTER NOMINATING THE OPERATOR FOR THE ACTIVITY

APPENDIX 2 ‐ RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX

APPENDIX 3 ‐ ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES

APPENDIX 4 – LATENT DRIVING POLICY

APPENDIX 5 – WATER & SOIL SAMPLING PROCEDURE

APPENDIX 6 – PLUG & ABANDONMENT OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN

APPENDIX 7 – CHEMICAL DISCLOSURE FORMS AND ASSOCIATED MSDS

APPENDIX 8 – WEED STATUS REPORT


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 7

D. ENVIRONMENT PLAN DETAIL

1 INTRODUCTION

Figure 3 - Location of Dandaragan-1

Latent became operator of EP321 in 2007. Latent has not carried out any exploration field work in the vicinity of Dandaragan-1 and is not aware of any activities by previous operators since the well was shut in. Latent has recently commenced a public consultation process as a prelude to planning a possible 3D seismic programme in the area.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 8

1.1 EP OBJECTIVES

This Environmental Plan is submitted in accordance with the WA Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012 (Petroleum (Environment) Regulations).

The EP has been written to meet the following objectives:

Provide a description of the current status of Dandaragan-1

Describe the existing environment at the well location and in the surrounding region

Identify and evaluate the environmental hazards and consequences associated with

the abandonment operations planned for the well, assess the environmental risk

levels, and apply management measures to ensure risks are kept to an acceptable

level.

Describe the control measures (monitoring and reporting) that will be implemented

to minimise the potential environmental impact of the abandonment operations and

ensure that the environmental objectives are achieved.

Set out the data gathering processes to determine the appropriate Rehabilitation

Plan for the wellsite.

Provide documentation for:

o Implementation by Latent’s employees and contractors.

o Regulatory authorities responsible for the environmental assessment and

approval process.

1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

Latent, as Operator of the WJV, has an Environmental Management Policy that demonstrates its high level of corporate and operational commitment to best practice management of environmental issues (Figure 4). Latent is a member of APPEA and adheres to the APPEA Code of Environmental Practice.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 9

Figure 4 – Latent Petroleum’s Environmental Management Policy


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 10

1.3 LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK

1.3.1 Legislation

Latent will comply with the provisions in applicable Acts and their Regulations which include, but may not be restricted to the following:

Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972.

This Act makes provision for the protection and preservation of Aboriginal cultural material and heritage sites. Latent has undertaken an Aboriginal Heritage survey of the Project to ensure there is no impact to Aboriginal sites.

Australian Heritage Council Act 2003 (Commonwealth).

This Act has guidelines for including places on the National Register of high value.

Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007.

This Act requires pest animals and invasive plants that may be present within the project, to be controlled. The project is located on cleared agricultural land and no invasive plants have been recorded. This EP outlines the management measures and implementation strategies to ensure these species are not introduced by the proposed activities.

Bushfires Act 1954.

This Act outlines occupier’s obligations in relation to bushfire, requirement to clear fire breaks, prohibited and restricted burning times, fire bans and activities which are controlled to reduce the risk of bushfire. Latent will ensure they fulfil the requirements of this Act.

Conservation and Land Management Act 1984.

Legislation relating to conservation estates or DPaW managed land. The Project will not impact on any public lands or water, flora or fauna.

Contaminated Sites Act 2003.

The Act provides a regulatory scheme for identification, recording, management and remediation of contaminated sites and will be relevant to subsequent rehabilitation. If a contaminated site is identified, Latent will fulfil the requirements of this Act.

Environmental Protection Regulations 1987;

These regulations provide detail on the administration and enforcement of licences and licence conditions including monitoring requirements for prescribed premises (as defined in Schedule 1). Consideration of the proposed activities being ‘prescribed premises’ is required. There are no ‘prescribed premises’ for the Project.

Environmental Protection (Noise) Regulations 1997.

The Act sets out prescribed standards for noise emissions which if exceeded are regarded as “pollution” or “unreasonable noise” and need to be managed effectively. Latent are cognisant of the requirements, however, there are no sensitive receptors within four kilometres of the well.

Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native Vegetation) Regulations 2004.

Any clearing of native vegetation required for the project requires a clearing permit to be obtained prior to commencement. No native vegetation clearing is required for the Project.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 11

Environmental Protection (Controlled Waste) Regulations 2004.

The Regulations define ‘controlled waste’ and outline methods for control by setting out a licensing and tracking system for transportation and disposal of such waste and making it an offence to not comply with any of the requirements. Any controlled wastes generated (i.e. waste oils/hydrocarbons or sewage) will be removed and transported in accordance with this Regulation.

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth).

This Act provides a legal framework to protect and manage nationally and internationally important flora, fauna, ecological communities and heritage places — defined in the EPBC Act as matters of national environmental significance.

Environmental Protection Act 1986 (and Administrative Procedures 1993).

This Act provides the legislative framework for the EIA process in WA and oversees the planning and development proposals and assesses their likely impacts on the environment. The Act also outlines approvals such as Works Approvals, Operating Licences and Clearing Permits, none of which are required for the Project.

Health Act 1911

The Act aims to protect and promote the health of the public of Western Australia and reduce the incidence of preventable illness. All personnel will be accommodated at the camp at site.

Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990.

This Act allows for protection of significant cultural heritage sites in the State. The requirements of this Act have been assessed in relation to the Project.

Land Drainage Act 1925.

This Act provides for the drainage of land, the use of drains and drainage water, and the constitution of drainage districts for other purposes. Although not directly related to the project the Act requires consideration.

Local Government Act 1995.

Provides the legislative basis for local laws including those relating to land use and land management. Latent has undertaken ongoing consultation with the local Shire to ensure they fulfil the requirements of this Act.

Native Title Act 1973 (Commonwealth).

The Act establishes and provides a framework for the protection and recognition of native title. Native title does not exist over freehold land on which the Project is located.

Occupation Safety and Health Act 1984.

This Act relates to Employer and employee obligations and duties relating to safety, training and workplace practices.

Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources Act 1967.

All onshore petroleum proposals in WA are assessed by DMP under this Act.

Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012.

These regulations require that all petroleum activities have an approved Environmental Plan (EP) i.e. this document.

Soil and Land Conservation Act 1945.

This Act includes provisions relating to the conservation of soil and land resources, and to the mitigation of the effects of erosion, salinity and flooding. This includes the restriction of prescribed activities on agricultural or pastoral land in order to prevent land degradation. As the project is located on agricultural land, consideration of the requirements of this Act is required.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 12

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950.

This Act applies to native flora and fauna on all lands in WA, consideration of which must be given for any project in WA. The project is located on cleared and there are no potential impacts to threatened flora and fauna in the project area.

1.3.2 International Agreements and Conventions

Latent will comply with the relevant international agreements and conventions:

Convention on Biological Diversity 1992

The convention is a treaty recognising conservation of biological diversity (or biodiversity); sustainable use of its components; and fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from genetic resources.

As the project is located on agricultural land there will be no impact on native flora or fauna.

Japan - Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (JAMBA): - Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of Japan for the Protection of Migratory Birds in Danger of Extinction and their Environment. Australian Treaty Series 1981 No 6.

Migratory birds listed under this agreement could potentially fly over the Project area, however, the project is located on cleared agricultural land and there is no suitable habitat for these species.

China – Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (CAMBA): The agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the People's Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment. Australian Treaty Series 1988 No 22.


Ramsar Convention – Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 1971

Intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources.

The project is located on cleared agricultural land and there are no wetlands or surface water expressions.

Republic of Korea – Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (ROKAMBA) The agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the Republic of Korea on the Protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment. Australian Treaty Series 2007 ATS 24.


1.3.3 APPEA Land Access Arrangements

The Australian Petroleum Production and Exploration Association (APPEA) has developed a Land Access Arrangements in concert with PGA, WAFA and VegWA. This EP outlines how Latent will act in accordance with the applicable objectives of those arrangements, in particular to engage early with the landowner to ascertain any requirements they may have.

1.3.4 APPEA Environmental Code of Conduct 2008

The Australian Petroleum Production and Exploration Association (APPEA) has developed a ‘Code of Environmental Practice’. This EP outlines how Latent will act in accordance with the applicable environmental objectives as outlined below:


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 13

Assessment of Environmental Risk – The assessment of risks associated with shut-in wells is outlined in Section 4.0.

Emergency Response Plan – The Latent Petroleum Emergency Response Plan is in place and governs the process of emergency response on site and in the head office.

Training and Environmental Awareness – All visitors to site will be familiarized with the commitments of this EP upon arrival.

Auditing – as required as per the requirements set out in this EP

1.3.5 Commonwealth

Latent has undertaken environmental studies in the project area which have not identified any significant environmental impacts or matters of national environmental significance likely to be impacted by the proposed activities. The proposal is highly unlikely to trigger the EPBC Act 1999 and no referral to the Commonwealth Department of the Environment is considered necessary.

1.3.6 State

Dandaragan-1 is located on cleared farm land and the activity will not have any impact on native flora or fauna. The EP for the original well is not pertinent for the proposed abandonment operations. This EP is designed to comply with current State Regulations.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 14

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 LOCATION AND STATUS – DANDARAGAN-1

Dandaragan-1 is located on freehold farm land (Lot 1865) approximately 1.5km north of Dandaragan Road and 4.75km east of Muthawandery Road, Dandaragan. The final location of Dandaragan-1 is shown in Figure 1 and the coordinates provided in Table 1. An aerial photo of the remnant drill pad can be found in Figure 6. There are no permanent residents on Lot 1865, and the nearest inhabited residence is >4km from the well site. The closest township is Dandaragan located approximately 12km to the southwest with Moora approximately 18km to the east southeast.

Dandaragan-1 has been shut-in since 1995. The current configuration of Dandaragan-1 is shown in Figure 5 and the well is summarised in Table 1 which is extracted from the Well Completion Report.

Plans of the original well location are not available but aerial shots give a clear outline of the major elements. The drill pad consists of cleared land approximately 70m x 70m has largely revegetated with grasses. The wellhead is fenced. The sump (approximately 30m x 35m) is largely intact but has suffered some wall erosion. It is 2m deep and dry. The turkey’s nest is not expressed. The flare pit is approximately 15m x 20m, unlined and dry. These features are labelled in Figure 6.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 15

Figure 5 – Dandaragan-1 Well Design

Figure 6 - Well Pad Layout

2.2 CARE AND MAINTENANCE

The Dandaragan-1 well location is inspected by a qualified well engineer every six months to observe the remnants of the well pad, confirm the wellhead pressure remains at zero and photograph the well pad and the surrounds. These scheduled observations are submitted to the DMP by email. Latent inherited this process in 2007 and since that time, there have been no environmental incidents to report.

2.3 WELL PLANS AND OBJECTIVES

Dandaragan-1 is considered to be of no further value and will be plugged and abandoned.

The information contained in this EP to ensure the P&A operations are conducted in an environmentally responsible way.

2.4 WELL PLUG AND ABANDONMENT

The Dandaragan-1 P&A work to be carried out in accordance with the approved Plug & Abandonment Plan within six months of receipt of all government approvals and subject to contractor availability.

The programme in summary consists of:


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 16

Check wellhead pressure is zero Mobilise and run wireline to set a bridge plug Remove wellhead Mobilise Smithdrill rig

o Set a cement plug on top of bridge plug o Cut and pull 7” casing at 50m o Cut and pull surface casing and wellhead at cellar floor o Set a cement plug to surface

Demobilise all equipment from site. Sump, drill pad and flare pit sampling will be carried out to ascertain the level of any

contamination. Soil samples will be taken from: o Drill Pad – four samples within 10m radius of the wellhead. o Mud Sump – two samples 2m apart at the lowest point and two at the corners

nearest the wellhead. o Flare Pit – two samples 2m apart along the middle of the pit.

Samples will be submitted to an appropriately licenced laboratory for testing as per Appendix 61.

Water samples will be taken from the adjacent farmer’s water bore and submitted to an appropriately licenced laboratory for testing as per Appendix 6.

2.5 REPORTING

Within 30 days of the P&A programme being completed a report will be submitted to DMP outlining the results. Analysis of the soil and water sample will be provided to DMP once they are all available. Any out-of-the-ordinary results will be reported immediately.

1 Due to the short time frame of this activity and for the purposes of obtaining soil and water samples, the process will follow the same guidelines found in the Warro Water & Soil Monitoring Procedure taking samples in the locations noted in this EP.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 17

3 PLUG AND ABANDONMENT PROGRAMME

3.1 OVERVIEW

Dandaragan-1 was drilled as a vertical well. The well location and summary is shown in Figure 1 and Table 1.

The DMP have requested that the well be plugged and abandoned. This requires a Plug & Abandonment Plan covering these activities to be submitted for approval to the DMP. This environmental plan supports the environmental obligations of the company during the Plug and Abandonment activities. These activities will not commence until all DMP approvals are in place.

The indicative timings for the specific activities of the program are as follows:

Site preparation: 1 days

Mobilisation / rig up of plug and abandonment equipment: 0.5 days

Plug and Abandonment – 3 days

Demobilisation of equipment: 0.5 day

Rehabilitation of site to be completed as per a Rehabilitation Plan to be agreed with the landowner and submitted for approval to the DMP.

In accordance Regulation 37 of the Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012, Appendix 1 provides a letter signed by all instrument holders (Holders) nominating the operator for the activity. A hard copy of this document has also been forwarded to Ms Kim Anderson, DMP.

3.1.1 Site Layout

The Dandaragan-1 well pad is still in place as a cleared and compacted area and is lightly grassed as per Figure 2 and Figure 11.

The access tracks to the well site are established farm tracks and can be seen in Figure 2.

All vehicles and equipment arriving on site will be required to adhere with the project’s weed hygiene control requirements, which stipulate that all vehicles and equipment shall be inspected and where necessary shall be cleaned to remove all biological contaminants prior to accessing the site.

The equipment will be moved to site as per Environmental Procedure 3.0.

The equipment that will be used during the P&A works will include:

Cement Truck

Water Drilling Rig

Wireline Truck

Small crane

Light Vehicles.

3.1.2 Water Supply

Water supply will be from the adjacent farmer bore.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 18

3.1.3 Fluids and Chemical Disclosure

The only fluids introduced to the well during the P&A operation will be a water-based inhibition pill with additives to prevent corrosion and bacteria action, and cement used for the abandonment plugs. These chemicals are fully disclosed in Appendix 7 – Chemical Disclosure Forms and Associated MSDS.

3.1.4 Noise

Existing background noise at the site is essentially natural. The only noise associated with this operation will be produced by the diesel engines of the water rig and the cementing truck.

There are no permanent residents on Lot 1865, and the nearest inhabited residence is >4km from the well site.

3.1.5 To Site

Vehicle transport to the project site will be via Dandaragan Road and the existing farm track.

Due to the short duration of this programme there will only be limited movement of equipment to and from site at start and end of activities, apart from the daily movement of light vehicles used by personnel staying off site.

3.2 CAMPS

There is no camp. Personnel will be staying off site.

3.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS:

3.3.1 Electricity

Electricity on site will be produced from portable diesel power generators which will be taken to site for the duration of well activities.

3.3.2 Water

Water will be taken from the adjacent farmer water bore by agreement with the landowner.

3.3.3 Fuel

All hydrocarbon storage and handling will be in accordance with AS 1940:2004.

A vehicle mounted diesel tank will be utilised for refuelling ancillary equipment during site operations. A drip tray will be used during all refuelling operations at the site.

Spill kits will be located around the site.

3.3.4 Light

Work will only occur in daylight hours. No light towers will be required.

3.4 CHEMICAL STORAGE

Any chemicals brought to site will be stored in the bunded chemical storage area on the drill pad. All chemicals will be stored in accordance with the requirements of their relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS). MSDSs for each chemical used and stored onsite are held in the site office and also in the chemical storage area. Chemical Disclosure Forms and the MSDS are located in Appendix 7 – Chemical Disclosure Forms and Associated MSDS.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 19

3.5 PUBLIC SAFETY

The well site is situated on freehold land where access by the general public will not be permitted. Appropriate signage will be placed at the entrance to the property and at the well location indicating entry to the site is prohibited.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 20

4 EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

4.1 CLIMATE

The area has a Mediterranean climate featuring moist, mild winters and hot, dry summers. The closest Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) station is Walebing, located approximately 40 km southwest of the project area.

Mean annual maximum temperature is 24.9°C and mean annual minimum 10.8°C. Daily maxima above 30°C are usual from December to February. The coldest month is July when some frosts can be expected. Diurnal temperature variations are commonly high throughout the year.

The area is semi-arid and has an average annual rainfall of 475.4 mm. Most of the rain falls from May to August but the amount varies greatly both seasonally and annually. The highest daily recorded rainfall is 82 mm.

4.2 REGIONAL SETTING

The project area is found within the Greenough Province. Most of this province consists of gently undulating plateau surfaces formed on laterite overlying Perth Basin sedimentary rocks.

There has been extensive agricultural development of sandplains on these plateau, especially in the northeast and southeast. The northern sandplain has low dunes and some relict drainage systems with long gentle slopes and alluvial surfaces (Tille, 2006).

The major towns occurring throughout the region include Lancelin, Dandaragan, Jurien Bay, Badgingarra, Eneabba and Leeman. The land use is predominantly broad acre agriculture interspersed with large areas of land set aside for conservation of the diverse flora for which much of the region is renowned (Department of Agriculture & Food, 2007).

4.3 GEOLOGY OF THE PERTH BASIN

The Perth Basin is a north to north-northwest trending, onshore and offshore sedimentary basin extending about 1300km along the southwestern margin of the Australian continent. This is a large (172 300 km2), structurally complex basin that formed during the separation of Australia and Greater India in the Permian to Early Cretaceous. It includes a significant onshore component and extends offshore to the edge of continental crust in water depths of up to 4500m.

The structural architecture of the Perth Basin is the product of oblique rifting during the Permian, Late Triassic to Early Jurassic and Middle Jurassic to Early Cretaceous, superimposed over pre-existing basement terrains. Extension during the Permian produced a series of deep (up to 15 km), north-south trending rift basins (Bunbury Trough and Dandaragan Trough) along the western margin of the Yilgarn Craton. The Abrolhos Sub-basin represents a northwestern branch of the Permian rift system formed along the southwestern margin of the Northampton Complex, which is separated from the Dandaragan Trough by an intra-basin high represented by the Beagle Ridge, Dongara Terrace and Greenough Shelf. The Houtman Sub-basin is a major depocentre for Triassic and Jurassic sedimentary rocks that formed as a westward thickening sag basin across a hinge zone during the Middle Triassic to Middle Jurassic, and was extensively faulted during Late Jurassic to Early Cretaceous rifting. The Vlaming Sub-basin is the major Middle Jurassic to Early Cretaceous rift basin in the Perth Basin and is characterised along its northern extent by a very large and deep half graben that dips to the west. The footwall block of this half graben consists of a series of shallow tilted fault blocks containing mainly Permian and older strata from the Edward's Island Block.

Breakup during the Early Cretaceous (Valanginian) was associated with widespread inversion, erosion, strike-slip tectonics and volcanism, which significantly modified the structural


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 21

architecture of the Perth Basin. Major structural elements associated with breakup tectonism include an area of inverted Permian half graben in the Turtle Dove Ridge and the Zeewyck Sub-basin which formed in a zone of strike-slip faulting along the Turtle Dove Transfer.

4.4 LAND SYSTEMS

The following description is taken from the Northern Agricultural Catchments Council, 2002.

Dandaragan-1 is located on the eastern Dandaragan plateau which is characterized by undulating sand and laterite capped plateau. The Plateau overlies Cretaceous sediments, with similar elevations ranging from about 140 to 260 m above sea level.

The surface of the plateau is flat to gently undulating, and for large areas it is essentially not dissected. Valleys are deep and V-shaped and the western boundary of the region is a marine erosion scarp.

The Dandaragan Scarp is a fairly prominent topographic feature up to 50 to 100 m high, which separates the Arrowsmith Region in the north and the Swan Coastal Plain in the south. Deep yellow sands are common to the uplands with deep red and yellow sands located along valley floors. Most rainfall infiltrates into the surface, particularly along the sandy valley floors.

The plateau drains to the Irwin and Hill River and Minyulo Brook. The valleys of the Dandaragan Plateau are in-filled with sandy colluvium and most streams do not flow due to the high internal drainage capacity of the sands. Ephemeral swamps are formed in the flat-bottomed valleys after exceptionally heavy rain (Northern Agricultural Catchments Council, 2002).

The Darling Scarp is ~15 km east of the Dandaragan-1 well site.

4.5 SOILS

The Dandaragan Plateau is described as a gently undulating plateau with areas of sandplain and some laterite on Cretaceous sediments (Department of Agriculture & Food, 2007). Soils are formed in colluvium and weathered rock with deep sands with ironstone gravely soils and loamy earths.

Yellow deep sands are most common and dominate the sandplains. Pale deep sands and gravely pale deep sands are also present, with some red deep sands and yellow sandy earths. Deep sandy gravels, duplex sandy gravels and shallow gravels are found on broad crests in the southern sandplains. Red-brown hardpan shallow loams appear on the relict drainage systems in the northern sandplains (Tille, 2006).

The broad valleys, with their gently undulating landscapes, are mantled by windblown sands which may be several metres thick and have a weak podzol profile. In the lowest topographic positions the soil consists of almost white sand with no development of colour horizons (McArthur, 1991).

The Dandargan-1 area comprises the AC2 soil-landscape of gently undulating plateau underlain by sedimentary rocks: chief soils are yellow earthy sands (Uc5.22) with siliceous sands (Uc1.22). Associated are patches of (KS-Uc2. 12) and (Dy5. 84) soils; and (Uc2.21 ) soils in some shallow valleys (Northcote et al, 1960-1968). The AB4 soil-landscape group comprising slopes flanking main trunk valleys and breakaways is found southwest-west of the well location.

4.6 SURFACE HYDROLOGY

There is no surface water of significance within the Dandaragan-1 well area.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 22

The project area is located within the Hill River sub-catchment. The watercourses in the Hill River catchment flow predominantly in an east-west direction from the upland areas in the eastern part of the West Midlands.

The closest watercourses to the Project area are shown in Figure 7.

There are no lakes or swamps in the Dandargan-1 area. The closest significant bodies of water in the region are:

Kooljarloo Lake – 13 km northwest of the Project

Lake Eganu – 13.5 km southeast of the Project

Pinjarrega Lake – 15.7 km southeast of the Project.

A wetland is located approximately 5 km southeast of the Project (Figure 8).


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 23

Figure 7 – Drainge lines, lakes and GDE's located in the region


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 24

Figure 8 - Sedge wetland area east of the Project area

4.7 GROUNDWATER

4.7.1 Regional

The project is located within the Jurien Groundwater Area, just north of the boundary of the Osborne Formation and Poison Hill aquifers (Figure 9).

The distribution and hydrogeology of the Mirrabooka aquifer is complex and poorly understood. These aquifers occur predominantly on the Dandaragan Plateau and comprise four Late Cretaceous geological units, including Poison Hill Greensand, Gingin Chalk, Molecap Greensand and Mirrabooka Member of the Osborne Formation.

The watertable is discontinuous making it difficult to determine a regional watertable configuration. The depth to watertable is generally less than 10 m in the eastern areas and increases westward. The aquifer can be prone to waterlogging problems due to poorly developed external drainage and the near-surface presence of the impermeable Kardinya Shale Member of the Osborne Formation (HydroConcept 2015).

Based on a search of the DoW (2016) atlas, Table 3 presents the aquifers expected to occur at Dandaragan-1 project area.

Table 3 - Aquifers at Dandaragan-1

Aquifer Name Aquifer Type

Description

Perth-Mirrabooka

Unconfined

(level 1)

PERTH - Mirrabooka. The Mirrabooka aquifer comprises the Mirrabooka Member of the Osborne Formation and overlying aquifers in the Molecap and Poison Hill Greensands. It is generally overlain by, and in contact with, the superficial formations aquifer, and it overlies the Kardinya Shale of the Osborne Formation.

Perth-Otorowiri

Confined

Level 2

Perth - Yarragadee North

Confined The northern confined part of the Yarragadee Formation aquifer is the largest aquifer in the Perth Basin, reaching 3000 metres thickness and covering an area stretching from north of Dongara to the Serpentine area south of Perth. It is confined on the coastal plain by the superficial formations, by the South Perth Shale in the south, and by the Otorowiri Siltstone in the east. The aquifer includes the Gage Sandstone in the Metropolitan area.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 25

Figure 9 – Hydrogeology of Project Area

4.7.2 Groundwater Levels and Quality

The depth to water is shallower near Minyulo Brook being less than 30 m bgl but increasing to the east. The salinity of the groundwater is typically 500 to 1000 mg/L TDS with high bore yields (HydroConcept 2015).


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 26

4.7.3 Groundwater Users

The Project is located within the Dinner Hill Sub-Area of the Jurien Groundwater Area.

There is no Public Drinking Water Source Areas (PDWSA) within the Project area.

The landowner at Dandaragan-1 currently utilises water from the well. Figure 10shows the groundwater licences allocated by the DoW in the local area.

4.8 GROUNDWATER DEPENDENT ECOSYSTEMS

A study into the hydrogeology of Groundwater Dependent Ecosystems (GDE’s) in the Northern Perth Basin in 2005 looked at identification of areas where the depth to groundwater is less than 20 m bgl (below ground level), which therefore, have potential to support and sustain GDE’s (Rutherford et al 2005). The following sections are taken from Rutherford et al (2005).

The distribution and hydrogeology of the Mirrabooka and Poison Hill aquifers is complex and poorly understood. These aquifers which occur predominantly on the Dandaragan Plateau comprise four Late Cretaceous geological units, including Poison Hill Greensand, Gingin Chalk, Molecap Greensand and Mirrabooka Member of the Osborne Formation.

Watertables within these aquifers appear to be discontinuous making it difficult to determine a regional watertable configuration. The depth to watertable is generally less than 10 m in the eastern areas and increases westward. The aquifers are highly prone to waterlogging problems due to low gradients, poorly developed external drainage and the near surface presence of the impermeable Kardinya Shale Member of the Osborne Formation.

The Poison Hill and Mirrabooka aquifers are likely to support several types of GDE’s associated with riverine base flow and shallow watertable. Groundwater is known to discharge from these aquifers into Gingin and Lennard Brooks, Red Gully Creek and parts of the Moore River. The shallow watertable may support GDE’s in this perched water (Rutherford et al. 2005).

The closest potential GDE’s relative to the project are (Figure 7):

Kolburn Well (4.4 km southeast)

Muthanwandery Spring (8.2 km northwest).

Bunyanocca Spring (8.5 km southwest).

Dandaragan Spring (13 km west).

The closest GDE, Kolburn Well, is on the lower slope with discharge over a low permeability zone, a result of discharge in valley floors from the superficial formations above the Osborne Formation which is close to the surface. The water table is perched at this site with a depth to the water table of 0-5 m bgl and a salinity of 1,700 mg/L (Rutherford et al 2005).


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 27

Figure 10 – Current Groundwater Licences in local area


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 28

4.9 VEGETATION & FLORA

4.9.1 Vegetation

Dandaragan-1 is located on cleared agricultural land with the vegetation comprising agricultural (pasture) and ‘weed’ species along with isolated native plants present in the immediate surrounds (Figure 11).

Latent commissioned a survey of the native vegetation within a potential future 3D seismic survey area in Spring 2015 (Don Williams & Son et al, in prep). The survey assessed vegetation occurring within a 6-8km radius of the Dandaragan-1 site, with a number of different vegetation groups recorded, reflecting the high diversity of this area. The survey was undertaken by local flora expert Don Williams and included remnant vegetation located 180 m southwest (adjacent to the active gravel pit), and 250 m southeast of the well site.

The native vegetation in these areas comprises typically kwongan vegetation on yellow/orange sand over gravel, dominated by Banksia hewardiana, Gastrolobium spinosa (Figure 12) and further south south becoming taller kwongan (2+ metres). The vegetation southwest of the well site is taller kwongan (2.5+ m) dominated by Banksia hewardiana and Melaleuca radula with occasional woodland species on red sand over laterite (Don Williams & Son et al, in prep).

Figure 11 - Front entrance view of the flare pit and mud sump in background


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 29

Figure 12 - Native vegetation occurring >180m southwest of Dandaragan-1

4.9.2 Conservation of significant flora

Based on a search of NatureBase (DPaW 2005-2016), two Declared Rare Flora (DRF) and 17 Priority flora species are known to occur within a 10km radius of Dandaragan-1 (Table 4).

No DRF or Priority flora were recorded in the vicinity of Dandaragan-1 during the survey.

Table 4 – Threatened and Priority flora recorded within a 10km radius of Dandaragan-1

Species Cons Code

Acacia splendida T

Eucalyptus absita T

Boronia ericifolia P2

Gompholobium roseum P2

Hemigenia curvifolia P2

Hypocalymma sp. Cataby (G.J. Keighery 5151) P2

Jacksonia rubra P2

Acacia cummingiana P3

Allocasuarina ramosissima P3

Banksia dallanneyi subsp pollosta P3

Beaufortia eriocephala P3

Eucalyptus macrocarpa x pyriformis P3

Hypocalymma serrulatum P3

Meionectes tenuifolia P3

Stylidium sacculatum P3

Verticordia insignis subsp. eomagis P3

Desmocladus elongatus P4

Grevillea rudis P4

Grevillea saccata P4

4.9.3 Weeds

As Dandaragan-1 is located on cleared agricultural land, ‘weed’ species comprise the majority of the flora at site. The 2015 flora survey incorporated the well site and a short inspection report identifying the weeds occurring at Dandaragan-1 is attached as Appendix 8.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 30

The dominant pasture species recorded were:

Barley Grass - Hordeum leporinum. Cape Weed – Arctotheca calendula. Note this is the most common species on site. Erodium - Erodium botrys.

Paterson’s Curse (Echium plantagineum) has been previously noted at the site (from the original Dandaragan well plan). This species is a Declared Pest in WA. This species was not observed by Mr Williams at the well site during the survey (Williams & Son 2016).

No Declared Pests were identified at the well site (William & Son 2016).

Additional Reference

Williams and Son (2016). Report on weed status at Dandaragan EP 321 Suspended Well, Dandaragan. Report prepared for Latent Petroleum, May 2016.

4.9.4 Dieback

Dieback (Phytophthora spp) is a soil borne water mould that continually spreads by root to root growth amongst host plants and through the dispersal of zoospores in free-flowing water. Native animals, and humans, including vehicles and machinery, also transport Phytophthora spp.

No dieback assessments are known to have been undertaken in the vicinity of Dandaragan-1, but given its location on cleared agricultural land, the risk of dieback is considered low.

4.10 FAUNA

As the Dandaragan-1 site is located on cleared agricultural land, there is no native fauna habitat on the well site.

Based on a search of NatureBase (DPaW 2005-2016), Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) has been recorded within 10 km of the Project.

A Level 1 fauna assessment of the surrounding areas of native vegetation was undertaken by MB Contracting in Spring 2015. A copy of the report is attached as Appendix 9. The survey recorded evidence of:

Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo – suitable breeding trees identified adjacent to the sedge wetland (~5km east of Project).

Rainbow Bee-eater – identified in sandy soils.

The habitat supporting these species is not located at or in close proximity to Dandaragan-1.

4.11 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

4.11.1 Aboriginal Heritage

A search of the Department of Aboriginal Affairs (DAA) system revealed there are no recorded sites of Aboriginal significance at or in the immediate vicinity of the gas well site.

The closest recorded Aboriginal heritage site is a rock shelter which is located >6.5 km northwest of Dandaragan-1.

4.11.2 European Land Use

No areas of European heritage significance were identified at the gas well.

Dandaragan-1 is located on predominantly cleared farmland and farming activities still occur at site.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 31

4.11.3 Socioeconomic Environment

Land use is highly diverse but largely dominated by agricultural activities such as grain cropping, grazing and other horticultural ventures.

There is a range of horticultural developments in the area with most substantial being olive production at Dandaragan Estate (Dandaragan Olives) just across the southern boundary in the former Victoria Plains sub-area.

4.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS AND CONSERVATION AREAS ADJACENT TO PROJECT

There are no Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA) or conservation areas within or in close proximity to Dandaragan-1 well site.

Figure 4 shows the location of ESA and DPaW managed lands relative to Dandaragan-1.

The closest ESA is related to the occurrence of a DRF approximately 5.3 km northeast of Dandaragan-1. The Coomberdale Chert Threatened Ecological Community (TEC), an ESA, is located approximately 20km east. This TEC is restricted to the exposed quartzite ridges of the Noondine chert in the Coomberdale region from Jingemia to Moora (DPaW 2013).

The nearest declared conservation areas to Dandargan-1 are:

Jam Hill Nature Reserve - located 9.4 km south of Dandaragan-1. DPaW intends to extend this reserve to the north of it’s current location (Figure 4).

Karramarra Nature Reserve – located 11km east of Dandaragan-1.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 32

5 Identification of Environmental Impacts

An environmental review was undertaken by Latent, Clark Lindbeck & Associates Pty Ltd (CLA) and Aztech Well Construction using past experience, literature reviews and consideration of the environmental values of the area. This review was performed in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 31000: 2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines and Australian Standard HB 203:2012 Environmental Risk Management. This work resulted in the following table of activities and risks (Table 5) for the Dandaragan P&A activity.

Table 5 - Summary of Key Project Activities and Sources of Risk

PROJECT ACTIVITY SOURCE OF RISK

P&A Site Operations Mobilisation and Demobilisation

P&A Site Activities

Accidental Event / Emergency Fauna Incident

Vehicle Mishap or Accident

Subsurface loss of containment during P&A

Surface loss of containment during P&A

Bushfire

Non-controlled third party access to site

Table 5 presents the result of the risk assessment. Both environmental and social consequences in the same aspect/hazard and the resulting risk assessment is based on the worst case scenario/receptor. For the majority of aspects/hazards this relates directly to physical or biological receptors. The risk assessment was based on: Identify and rank inherent risk of identified hazards in accordance with the risk matrices

provided in Appendix 2. Likelihood of the given consequence occurring was assessed with no controls in place. Proposed controls including proposed treatments or action plans were identified. An assessment of the residual risk with the proposed controls in place.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 33

Table 6 - Risk Assessment Matrix with Cause and Management Control

Activity

(Source of risk)

Ref & prelim

risk

Aspect/Hazard

Receptor

Cause

Potential Environment

Impact/ Consequence

Potential Reputation Impact/ Consequence

Inherent Risk

Control to be implemented

Residual Risk

Co

nse

qu

ence

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

nse

qu

ence

Inh

ere

nt

Ris

k

Lev

el

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Res

idu

al R

isk

Lev

el

Site Operations

Mobilisation and Demobilisation R1

Air Emission

Localised generation of air emissions

1) Air quality Operation of vehicles and equipment

Generation of GHG and other emissions

1

C Low

(L-22)

Use of vehicles and equipment that are regularlymaintained - no visible exhaust fumes.

1

D

Low

(L-24)

R2

Noise Emission

Localised generation of noise

1) Noise levels

2) Tourism, landowner & public

3) Terrestrial fauna

4) Listed Species

Set up of well test equipment package

Disturbance of local residents or localised fauna

Increase of noise beyondbackground levels, creatingdisturbance to landowner

1

C Low

(L-22)

No permanent residents on Lot 1865 or nearby.

Residents will be kept informed of Latent’s activities.

1

D

Low

(L-24)

R3

Physical

Presence

Introduction of weeds/ disease

1) Terrestrial flora Vehicle movement to site from areas of weed/disease

Introduction of noxious weed species or Declared Pests tothe area

1

C

Low

(L-22)

Inspection of all vehicles/equipment coming to site and completion and submission of ‘Weed Hygiene Form’ prior to commencement of journey to site.

Vehicles and equipment cleaned if required prior to arrival at site.

All personnel will be advised of potential weed species during the induction process and advised to report any incidence of weed establishment.

Regular assessment of the well site area and access tracks for the establishment of noxious weed species and ‘Declared Pests’ during well activities and following rehabilitation.

Eradication of noxious weeds and Declared Pests as required following approved control mechanisms in consultation with Department of Agriculture and Food.

1

D

Low

(L-24)

R4

Air Emission

Localised generation of dust

1) Air quality


3) Landscape & visual

Operation of vehicles Visual impacts (amenity) tolandowner

1

C Low

(L-22)

Well site is located on cleared agricultural land and access to site is via existing designated tracks.

All vehicles will be restricted to the existing and designated tracks.

Speed restrictions will be enforced in the work area to reduce the occurrence of dust and the road upgraded as required.

Control dust if present with the use of a water cart

1

D

Low

(L-24)

P&A Activities

R5

Air Emission

Localised generation of air emissions

1) Air quality Well testing equipment and flaring

GHG and other emissions

1

C Low

(L-22)

Use of Vehicles and equipment that are regularlymaintained - no visible exhaust fumes.

Equipment such as generators, compressors, blow out preventers and other pressure control equipment will be maintained in good working order. Vehicles will be serviced regularly.

1 D Low

(L-24)

R6

Noise Emission

Localised generation of noise

1) Noise levels



4) Listed Species

Noise created during flaring.

Disturbance of localised fauna. Increase of noise beyondbackground levels, creatingdisturbance to landowner

1

C

Low

(L-22)

No permanent residents on Lot 1865 or nearby.

Well site are located >500m from the WNP. Noise generated from flaring has been calculated 500mfrom the well (buffer to WNP) at 51 dbA – this is equivalent to conversational speech at 1m.

Residents will be kept informed of Latent’s activities.

1

D

Low

(L-24)


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 34

Activity

(Source of risk)

Ref & prelim

risk

Aspect/Hazard

Receptor

Cause


Impact/ Consequence


Inherent Risk


Residual Risk

Co

nse

qu

ence

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

nse

qu

ence

Inh

ere

nt

Ris

k

Lev

el

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Res

idu

al R

isk

Lev

el

R7

Waste Disposal

Generation and disposal of putrescible and non-hazardous waste

Increase in feral animals

1) Waste disposal

2) Tourism, landowner & Public


4) Listed species

Inappropriate disposal of waste material.

Windblown or visible waste.

Increased predation on native animals in local area.

Visual impacts (amenity) tolandowner

1 C Low (L-22)

Site will have sealed waste collection bins.

All putrescible waste will be collected and stored in sealed containers located at designated locations at the well site and disposed of offsite at appropriately licensed facilities.

Industrial waste will be disposed at appropriately licensed facilities. Paper, metal, steel and oil will be stored onsite in bins or tanks before being removed from site by a licensed waste removal operator and disposed of at appropriately licensed facilities.

Removal of all waste offsite regularly during well activities and at the completion of activities.

1

D

Low

(L-24)

R8

Waste Disposal

Disposal of hydrocarbon wastes (oil, grease, HC contaminated rags etc)

1) Waste disposal


Inappropriate disposal of waste material.

HC material remains at site and provides source of contamination.

1 C Low (L-22)

All HC material will be disposed of in designated bins and disposed of to a licensed facility.

Contaminated fluids and hydrocarbon liquids will be collected and trucked from the site for disposal by a licensed operator at appropriately licensed facilities.

1

D

Low

(L-24)

R9

Use of resources

Extraction of groundwater 1) Groundwater


Groundwater extraction required for well activities is in excess of that proposed.

Reduction in groundwater available to surrounding local users.

Ongoing reputational impacts

1 C Low (L-22)

Groundwater will be obtained from existing licensed bore.

The duration of the well activities and volume of water required will not significantly reduce that locally available to other users.

1 D

Low

(L-24)

Accidental Event/Emergency

Fauna incident

R10**

Vehicle Accident

Vehicle hitting animal (as part of Project)

1) Local fauna

2) Threatened ecological species

During all phases of the project, travel to site.

Injury or death to threatened or migratory species


2

D

Low

(L-21)

Driving will be managed in accordance with the Latent Driving Policy which prohibits off-road driving and driving at dusk or at night.

Personnel educated to be alert for wildlife (especially at dusk / dawn / night).

Latent has operation site specific EmergencyResponse Plan (ERP).

Adherence to speed limits as per Latent Driving Policy.

2

E

Low

(L-23)

Vehicle accident

R11*

Vehicle Accident

Increased risk to public safety (road users)

1) Public Health & Safety

Travel to and from site. If on site – contamination of local soil and groundwater.

Fire risk.

Accident resulting in propertydamage, death or injury(attributable to operation)

4 D High H-12

Adherence to Latent Driving Policy to avoid drivingduring dusk hours.

Latent has a site specific Emergency Response Plan(ERP).

Other mitigation / prevention measures include but not limited to (a) Journey Management Plan, (b) Fatigue management guidelines, (c) Fit for workpolicy.

Adherence to speed limits as per Latent Driving Policy

4

E High (H16)

Vehicle Mishap

R12

Loss of fluid from vehicle.

Impacts to water bore/groundwater.

Surface impact.

1) Groundwater

2) Surface soils

Engine fault.

Contamination of local soil and groundwater.

Reduction in groundwater quality.


2 D Low (L21)

Driving will be managed in accordance with the Latent Driving Policy.

Vehicle will be maintained in accordance to manufacturer’s guidelines.

2 E Low (L23)


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 35

Activity

(Source of risk)

Ref & prelim

risk

Aspect/Hazard

Receptor

Cause


Impact/ Consequence


Inherent Risk


Residual Risk

Co

nse

qu

ence

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

nse

qu

ence

Inh

ere

nt

Ris

k

Lev

el

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Lik

elih

oo

d o

f

Co

ns

equ

enc

e

Res

idu

al R

isk

Lev

el

Subsurface loss of containment.

R13*

Well Fluids

Or

Sabotage

Well integrity impacted.


1) Groundwater

Faulty wellhead/casing or human error.

Malicious damage or vandalism.




Impact on ability to get otherlicenses to operate

4 E Low (L-23)

Water analysis pre-P&A and six months post completion of P&A.

Operate in accordance with approved P&A Well Management Plan.

ERP & Oil Spill Contingency Plan in place.

Entry to site restricted to approved personnel only.

Contact Police and DFES.

4 E Low (L-23)

Surface loss of containment.

R14*

Well Fluids

Or

Chemical Spill

Or

Fuel

Or

Sabotage


Surface impact.

Vegetation Impact.

1) Groundwater

2) Surface soils

3) Atmosphere

Faulty wellhead and/or human error.

Spill associated with P&A operations.

Malicious damage or vandalism.



Pollution of atmosphere and/or soils.



4 D Low (L-21)

Water and soil analysis pre-P&A and six months post completion of P&A.

Operate in accordance with approved P&A Well Management Plan.

Entry to site restricted to approved personnel only.

Contact Police and DFES.

Storage of any chemicals and hydrocarbons in suitably bunded areas in accordance with MSDS.

ERP & Oil Spill Contingency Plan in place.

4 E Low (L-23)

Bushfire

R15*

Bushfire Uncontrolled fire due to on-site activities or external causes during winter months.

1) Terrestrial flora


3) Listed species

4) Tourism, landowner &

public

5) Financial loss

6) Public health & safety

Ignition source during project

Natural causes (eg. Lightning)

Vandalism

Uncontrolled fire in farm landresulting in widespreadecological damage.

Damage to well equipment.

Loss of property



4 D High (H-12)

Local authorities' restrictions on activities during severe fire hazard days will be observed. This may include large vehicle movement bans and total fire bans as dictated by the local Shire and DFES.

Ensure appropriate training for any person on site and the deployment of equipment.

Fire extinguishers on all vehicles.

A mobile fire tanker (550 L) with pump will be available on-site

Emergency Response Plan details procedures in the event of a fire.

Liaison with DFES and/or police.

4 E High (H-16)

Non-controlled or unauthorised access to site

(Third Party) R16*

Trespass and/or vandalism.

Damage to site or equipment.

Quarantine breach.

1) Public health & safety

2) Environmental Impact

Unauthorised entry to site.

Contamination of surface soils.

Ongoing Reputational Impact.

Death or injury of individual.

4 D High (H-12)

Entry to site restricted to approved personnel only. Gates are put in place to avoid trespass and also ensure safe containment of all areas.

Signage will be installed restricting entry to the site to Project personnel only.

4 D High

(H-16)

* Identifies a Reportable incident

** Identifies a Reportable incident if fauna is Listed


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 36

6 Performance objectives, standards and measurement criteria

6.1 OVERVIEW

The following sections outlines the identified impacts, environment management measures and implementation strategies to ensure the risks identified are As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). Performance objectives, standards and criteria are included to enable the performance against the objectives and standards to be measured.

6.2 SOILS AND LANDFORM

Performance Objective

The aim is to minimise disturbance to the project site to reduce erosion and maintain productivity of the agricultural land.

Potential impact

Increased erosion, sedimentation or compaction.

Contamination of soil due to spills or leaks of dangerous goods.

Result of risk/impact assessment

No clearing or excavations are required.

The project is located on cleared freehold agricultural land used for grazing.

Environmental management measures to be implemented will reduce the potential risk to ALARP.

Environmental Management

All work will be limited to the well site.

Following rehabilitation, remedial action will be undertaken at sites showing signs of erosion, which do not show recovery after seasonal rains. Site specific erosion control measures will be implemented at sites showing evidence of erosion. These may include contour banks, drainage diversion and earthworks. Once the activities have ceased and during rehabilitation of the site, the specified areas will be resampled to characterise the soil condition post operations.

Environmental management measures to protect groundwater detailed in Section 6.3, will also reduce the potential impact on soils to ALARP.

Implementation Strategy

Collection and sampling of soils before start of P&A activities and at completion of activities.

Rehabilitation of the site in accordance with the approved Well Rehabilitation Programme.

Performance Standards

Latent Environmental Procedure 1.0 – Surface Disturbance

Latent ‘Water and Soil Monitoring Process’

Latent Environment Policy

Performance Criteria

No increase in erosion or dust or received complaints relating thereto.

No disturbance outside of designated well site.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 37

6.3 GROUNDWATER


Plug & Abandonment activities will not impact surface or groundwater hydrology or quality of the environment while well integrity is maintained.

Potential Impact

Groundwater quality deterioration - contamination.


As the well has been shut in for 21 years with regular wellhead monitoring and a well pressure of zero, the likelihood of loss of well containment is considered very low and not a credible risk.

Loss of containment at surface during P&A activities is also expected to be a minor risk and will be managed in accordance with the OSCP included under this EP.

Environmental management measures relating to storage of chemicals/hydrocarbons and waste disposal will ensure the potential impacts to groundwater are ALARP.

Environmental Management Strategy

Latent will undertake water bore sampling at the adjacent farmer’s bore prior to operations to monitor the potential impacts to groundwater quality.


Groundwater sampling will be undertaken at the adjacent farmer’s bore in accordance with sampling procedures used at the Warro project (see Appendix 5) immediately prior to P&A activities.

An Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) has been developed – refer Appendix 6. This plan details the response arrangements for the credible spill scenarios identified for the project. The OSCP details the preparations in place for a hydrocarbon or chemical spill, the emergency response arrangements and the oil spill drill to be undertaken to ensure site personnel are prepared to implement the OSCP. The OSCP is a component of the site specific Emergency Response Plan.

The activities will be performed in accordance with the approved P&A Well Management Plan.

All chemicals to be used in the well will be disclosed in accordance with Regulation 15(9) of the Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012 (WA) and Chemical Disclosure Guideline.

Chemicals will be stored in bunded facilities in accordance with the MSDS. Bunding will be 110% of the largest container or 25% of the total volume of stored material (whatever is greater).

Spill kits will be available at the well site. Storage of waste in sealed containers. Wastes will be collected and disposed of offsite to

an appropriately licensed facility. A drip tray will be used during all refuelling operations at the drill site.


Environmental Procedure 5.0 – Water Management Environmental Procedure 10.0 – Monitoring Environmental Procedure 12.0 – Waste Management Oil Spill Contingency Plan – Appendix 6 Latent Environment Policy


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 38


No incidences of hydrocarbon or chemical spills. Groundwater quality does not significantly change from pre-operation analysis.

6.4 SURFACE WATER


Operations do not impact surface or groundwater hydrology or quality of the environment.

Potential Impact

Reduction in quality of surface water - contamination.

Surface loss of containment during well activities resulting in reduction in surface water quality.


There are no surface drainage lines or water bodies within or in the vicinity of the project.

The site is on flat, well-drained ground.

The closest potential GDE’s relative to the project are (Figure 7) Kolburn Well (4.4 km southeast). No impacts to this site are anticipated.

Environmental Management & Implementation Strategy

The environmental management measures and implementation strategy outlined in Section 6.3 ‘Groundwater’ also apply directly to surface water to ensure the potential risks are ALARP.


Environmental Procedure 5.0 – Water Management

Environmental Procedure 6.0 – Waste Management

Environmental Procedure 7.0 – Chemical & Hydrocarbon Management

Environmental Procedure 13.0 - Monitoring


Oil Spill Contingency Plan


No incidences of hydrocarbon or chemical spills.

Waste removed from site for disposal at appropriately licensed facilities.

All hydrocarbons and chemicals are stored with suitable bunding.

6.5 VEGETATION

6.5.1 Vegetation & Flora


Ensure that all remnant vegetation is undisturbed.

Potential impact

Inadvertent removal of vegetation.


The well site is located on cleared agricultural land.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 39

No clearing or disturbance of native vegetation is required and is prohibited. Vehicles and equipment will be restricted to existing tracks. Environmental management measures to be implemented will reduce the potential risk

to ALARP. Access to site will be via existing and designated tracks to avoid the potential for off road driving which could impact roadside vegetation or isolated trees. All personnel |will be advised that off-road driving is prohibited.

Implementation Strategy All personnel will be advised that not to move from the existing well pad and access routes

and that under no circumstances should any vegetation be disturbed. Performance Standards

Latent Environmental Procedure 1.0 – Surface Disturbance. Latent Environmental Procedure 2.0 – Vegetation & Fauna Management. Latent Environment Policy.


No disturbance outside of designated well site. No evidence of native vegetation disturbance (i.e. driven over) outside of this area. No evidence of driving off designated tracks.

6.5.2 Weed/Disease


Prevent the introduction and transfer of weed species/disease (Phytophthora spp) between areas and minimise any outbreaks of existing infestations.

Potential impact

Introduction or spread of weeds/disease as a result of vehicle movements.

Loss of visual amenity to the landowner.

Result of risk assessment/Impact assessment


No records of Declared Pests, noxious weeds or Phytophthora sp. at the Project.


All vehicles and equipment will be clean at the point of origin prior to travelling to site. A Hygiene Declaration will be required by the Wellsite Manager (during onsite activities) or the Managing Director prior to the commencement of a journey to site to ensure this requirement is fulfilled.

The well location has no noxious or declared weed infestations. Latent will continue to work with the property owner and adhere to its Environmental Plan requirements to ensure this remains the case.

Latent recognises that disturbed areas are highly susceptible to new weed invasion, and as such, will implement the following management measures:

Liaison with the property owner.

Restriction of vehicular access to designated tracks.

Ensure vehicles and equipment that access the project site are free from soil and vegetation prior to arrival.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 40

Eradication of declared Pests where necessary following approved control mechanisms in consultation with Department of Agriculture and Food.


Inspection of all vehicles/equipment coming to site and completion and submission of ‘Hygiene Declaration’ prior to commencement of journey to site.

Eradication of noxious weeds and Declared Pests as required following approved control mechanisms in consultation with Department of Agriculture and Food.

Ongoing monitoring and auditing of well area as per the Well Rehabilitation Plan (yet to be submitted).


Latent Environmental Procedure 1.0 – Surface Disturbance Latent Environmental Procedure 2.0 – Vegetation & Fauna Management Latent Environmental Procedure 3.0 – Weed & Disease Management Latent Environment Policy.


Completed ‘Hygiene Declaration’ forms for all vehicles and equipment on site as outlined above.

Nil establishment of noxious weeds or declared pest species.

6.6 FAUNA


Protect native vegetation and native fauna habitat and ensure Project activities have no impact on fauna (particularly threatened fauna) in the region.

Potential impact

Loss of fauna habitat.

Vehicle collision with animal.


The well site is located on cleared agricultural land. No clearing of native vegetation/fauna habitat is required. Kangaroos and emus are occasionally found on cleared farmland in the area (in addition

to feral animals i.e. rabbits, foxes, cats etc). Environmental management measures to be implemented will reduce the potential risk

to ALARP. Environmental Management

The environmental management measures outlined in Section 6.5.1 for vegetation and flora will also reduce the potential impact to fauna.

Speed limits will be enforced at the project site in accordance with the Latent Driving Policy (40 km/h on access tracks, 10kmh for well site).

All putrescible waste will be collected and stored in sealed containers located at designated locations at the well and camp and disposed of offsite at appropriately licensed facilities.

Implementation strategy Requirements for all personnel to use existing tracks and roads, not to drive off road

unless absolutely necessary.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 41

Enforcement of speed limits of 40 km/h on access tracks, 10kmh for well site on the Permit as per the Latent Driving Policy.

All personnel will follow the Latent Driving Policy which prohibits driving off of the designated access tracks and driving at dusk or at night unless by dispensation granted by the Managing Director.


Latent Environmental Procedure 1.0 – Surface Disturbance Latent Environmental Procedure 2.0 – Vegetation & Fauna Management Latent Environmental Procedure 12.0 – Waste Management Latent Environment Policy. Latent Driving Policy.


No records of fauna collision within Project. No records of injury of death of fauna as a result of the Project. No records of large fauna entering well site. No records of feral animals entering well site.

No records of waste outside of sealed receptacles.

Internal records of regular waste collection.

No windblown waste reported.

6.7 FIRE


No occurrence of fires as a result of the activity.

Potential impact

There is a potential, albeit a low risk, of a fire outbreak due to well activities.

Result of risk assessment

Ignition source from project resulting in uncontrolled fire on farm land.


The well site and associated infrastructure are located on cleared agricultural land.


Environmental Management. The site is accessed via established tracks and vehicles are not required or authorised to leave these areas.

Fire extinguishers are maintained at specified locations around the site.

The following preventative actions will be undertaken to minimise the risk of fire:

Personnel will be informed of burning restrictions, fire prevention, fire-fighting equipment and procedures.

Local authorities' restrictions on activities during severe fire hazard days will be observed

Flammable material will be cleared from the working area of the well site.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 42

Welding and grinding guards will be installed where appropriate.

A mobile fire fighting trailer containing a light water tank (550 L) and pump will be available on-site.

Appropriately trained personnel will be present on site to operate the portable fire-fighting equipment.

A buffer distance will be implemented between welding/grinding activities and combustible materials.

Emergency contact numbers will be available at the well site.

Maintain good housekeeping practices within and around the site, ensuring that all combustible rubbish is disposed of appropriately;

Prior to any machinery maintenance, the immediate area will be cleared of flammable materials;

While not expected due to the limited work scope, DFES will be contacted and if required then exemptions for hot work will be put in place for the period under the Bush Fires Act 1954.

Latent will comply with the requirements of the Shire of Dandaragan and DFES.

The Emergency Response Plan will detail the procedures to be followed in the event of a fire.


All contractors and personnel will be required to act in accordance with EP4 ‘Fire Management’ and the fire contingency procedures section of the Latent Emergency Response Plan (ERP). This includes fire precautions and undertaking of inspections to ensure that fire-fighting equipment is present and operational, including being inspected as required.

Latent will include information on fire management in the inductions that all personnel visiting or working on site will be required to undergo.

Fire awareness will be reinforced in site meetings, which will also communicate any total fire bans applicable.

Fire training drills will be implemented at regular intervals.


Latent Environmental Procedure 4.0 – Fire Management

Latent Emergency Response Plan



Nil incidences of fire during operations.

Records of inspections of fire equipment.

Records of fire training and drills for personnel.

6.8 NOISE


Noise generated by the Project does not impact on fauna, local residents or communities.

Potential Impact


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 43

Adverse impact to local residents (amenity) and fauna as a result of Project.



No permanent residents on Lot 1865 or nearby, nearest inhabited residence is located more than four kilometres from well site.


Environmental Management & Implementation Strategy

Operations will comply with the noise regulations under the Environmental Protection Act (Noise) Regulations 1997.

Generators and other equipment (air conditioners, pumps, vehicles etc.) in use on the site will be fitted with appropriate noise reduction measures. These measures will include mufflers on internal combustion engines, sound absorbing insulation on noisy equipment, sound barriers around noisy equipment and limiting vehicle movements around the site where practicable.

Latent have been liaising with the relevant landowner and informed them of the proposed work. This liaison will be ongoing.


Requirements of the Environmental Protection (Noise) Regulations 1997

AS 2436-1981 Guide to Noise Control on Construction, Maintenance and Demolition Sites.



No complaints from local landowners relating to noise from the Project.

6.9 AIR EMISSIONS


Air emissions have no adverse impact on the visual amenity or the environment, in particular, air quality.

Potential Impacts

Localised generation of dust and greenhouse gas emissions from operation of equipment vehicles and movement of vehicles.

Reduction in visual amenity resulting from dust.


The site is sufficiently remote from local residences.

Environmental management measures proposed will reduce the potential for gas emissions generated by the Project to ALARP.


Vehicle and equipment movement will be undertaken on cleared farmland or public roads.

Speed restrictions will be enforced in the work area to reduce the occurrence of dust and the road upgraded as required.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 44

Equipment and vehicles will be serviced regularly.


Water cart to be used to control dust if required


Latent Emergency Response Plan



No complaints relating to dust generation from local residents.

6.10 WASTE MANAGEMENT


Ensure all statutory requirements for waste disposal are followed and that waste is disposed of in a responsible manner with no adverse impact to the environment.

Potential Impacts

Potential soil, air or water contamination.


Well site is located on cleared agricultural land. Waste from spills is cleaned up and disposed as per the OSCP. General waste from site visits is kept in containers in vehicles and disposed of as per

Environmental Procedure 12. Soil samples will be taken from the following locations using the procedures found in the

Water and Soil Sampling Process in Appendix 5. These samples will be analysed in advance of preparing a Rehabilitation Plan for submission to the DMP.

o Drill Pad – four samples within 10m radius of the wellhead. o Mud Sump – two samples 2m apart at the lowest point and two at the corners

nearest the wellhead. o Flare Pit – two samples 2m apart along the middle of the pit.


Personnel restricted to designated tracks and well site only.


Ensure all personnel are aware of their obligations in waste management. Training of Wellsite Manager and all site personnel in the use of oil spill kits.


Environmental Procedure 12.0 – Waste Management. Latent Environment Policy


No hydrocarbon, liquid or general waste inappropriately stored or disposed of on-site. No windblown waste reported. No occurrences of waste outside of sealed receptacles.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 45

7 Implementation strategy

7.1 SYSTEMS, PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES

Section 6 outlined the Implementation Strategies to be implemented to ensure the Project has no adverse impact to the environment.

As part of previous activities at Warro undertaken by Latent, and as referenced in Section 6, the following environmental procedures have been developed and will continue to be implemented during all activities to the extent that each Procedure is relevant to the particular activity: Additional controls will be considered where warranted by the risk assessment.

Environmental Procedure 1.0 – Surface Disturbance Environmental Procedure 2.0 – Vegetation & Fauna Management Environmental Procedure 3.0 – Weed & Disease Management Environmental Procedure 4.0 – Fire Management Environmental Procedure 5.0 – Water Management Environmental Procedure 6.0 – Environmental Incident Reporting Environmental Procedure 7.0 – Statutory Reporting Environmental Procedure 8.0 – Auditing Environmental Procedure 9.0 – Environmental Awareness and Induction Environmental Procedure 10.0 – Monitoring. Environmental Procedure 11.0 – Verification of Work Completed Environmental Procedure 12.0 – Waste Management Environmental Procedure 13.0 – Chemical & Hydrocarbon Management

A copy of these procedures is attached as Appendix 3. Details of the implementation strategies including these procedures was provided in Section 6 and summarised in Table 7.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 46

Table 7 - Summary of performance objectives, standards and measures

Aspect Objective Target Indicator Program/Verification

Soil & Landform The aim is to minimise disturbance to

the project site to reduce erosion and

maintain productivity of the agricultural

land.

Site properly managed

Prevent erosion

Nil soil contamination

No increase in erosion or dust or received complaints relating to.

No disturbance outside of well site.

Soils sampled at completion of project activities during rehabilitation comparable with baseline conditions.

Training and awareness

Soil sampling at start and completion of

programme

Rehabilitation monitoring program

Audits / Inspections

Groundwater P&A activities will not have an impact on groundwater resources.

No adverse impact on groundwater quality or reduction in groundwater levels.

No incidences of hydrocarbon or chemical spills. Groundwater quality does not significantly change from baseline conditions Monitoring is undertaken at the required intervals.


Groundwater monitoring


Surface Water Well activities do not impact surface or groundwater hydrology or quality of the environment.

No adverse impact on surface water quality or natural drainage.

No incidences of hydrocarbon or chemical spills.

Waste removed from site.

All hydrocarbons and chemicals are stored with suitable bunding.



Vegetation Ensure that all remnant vegetation is retained and protected

Protect native vegetation in surrounds No evidence of native vegetation disturbance (i.e. driven over) outside of this area. No evidence of driving off designated tracks.



Weeds/Disease Prevent the introduction and transfer of weed species/disease (Phytophthora spp) between areas and minimise any outbreaks of existing infestations.

No introduction of weed or disease Completed Weed Hygiene Form for all vehicles and equipment on site.

Nil establishment of noxious weeds or declared pest species.


Rehabilitation monitoring program


Fauna Protect native vegetation and native fauna habitat and ensure Project activities have no impact on fauna (particularly threatened fauna) in the region.

No impact to native fauna as a result of project.

No records of fauna collision within Project. No records of injury of death of fauna as a result of the Project. No records of large fauna entering well site. No records of feral animals entering well site.




WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 47

Aspect Objective Target Indicator Program/Verification

Fire No occurrence of fires as a result of the activity.

No occurrence of fires as a result of the activity.

Nil incidences of fire during operations.

Records of weekly inspections of fire equipment.

Records of fire drills on site.


Audits / Inspection

Noise Noise generated by the project does not impact on fauna, local residents or communities

No complaints relating to noise. No complaints from local landowners relating to noise from the project.


Dust & Air Emissions Air emissions have no adverse impact on the visual amenity or the environment, in particular, air quality.

No complaints relating to dust. No incident of uncontrolled release of gas.

No complaints relating to dust generation from local residents.


Waste Management Ensure all statutory requirements are followed, appropriate methods of disposal are provided for all waste products and that waste is disposed of in a responsible manner with no adverse impact to the environment.

No soil, air or water contamination from

waste.

No general waste on site or incorrectly stored and disposed of. Training and awareness.

Audits / Inspections.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 48

7.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PERSONNEL

Latent, as the license holder, has overall responsibility for the execution of all activities and Well Operations as approved by the DMP.

Latent is responsible for the Plug & Abandonment of Dandaragan-1 under an organisation structure as follows – Figure 13 - and an outline of the overall responsibilities is provided in Table 8.

Figure 13 - Latent Petroleum Organisational Chart2

2 Boxes without a colour shade indicate “As Required” positions only.

Well Site Manager

Well Engineer

OFFICE

WELL

LOCATION

Logistical Support

3rd Party Service

Contractors

Project Manager General Manager

Managing Director

HSE Advisor

Site Supervisor

Field Crew

Latent Petroleum

Lead Contractor


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 49

Table 8 - Personnel Responsibilities for Environmental Issues

POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES

Latent Petroleum Managing Director

Overall responsibility for the project

Responsible for environmental and legislative compliance.

Undertaking ongoing contact with JV partners, landowners and stakeholders.

Ensuring site rehabilitation is completed according to this EP.

Latent Petroleum Project Manager

Ensure that the commitments in this EP are implemented.

Ensure that the requirements of this Environment Plan are implemented.

Ensure that all environmental incidents are reported to the Latent Managing Director.

Submitting any reports to the regulatory authorities according to the EP and WA DMP reporting guidelines.

Coordinate all plug and abandonment activities are undertaken by Latent personnel and its contractors, according to approved programmes and according to appropriate legislation as detailed in this EP.

Ensure that plug and abandonment operations comply with the requirements of the PGER Act 1967, Schedule of Onshore Petroleum Exploration and Production Requirements 1991, and necessary approvals relating to plug and abandonment activities are approved by the DMP prior to commencement of operations.

Ensure that all records required by this EP are kept.

Ensure all site personnel are familiar with the EP and Latent procedures prior to the performance of any work on-site.

Latent Petroleum

Wellsite Manager

Ensure that all operational, technical and environmental incidents during plug and abandonment operations are reported to the Project Manager

Ensure well is plugged and abandoned in accordance with approved programmes.

Ensuring on site compliance with this EP.

Provision of environmental reports as detailed in this EP.

Responsible for daily reporting to Latent Petroleum Project Manager on all technical, operational and environmental issues.

Ensure all site personnel are familiar with the EP and Latent procedures prior to the performance of any work on-site.

Ensure that all activities are carried out and that all personnel act in accordance with the EP.

Improving employee awareness of environmental programs.

Liaison with all necessary regional emergency services as required..

Lead Contractor Site Supervisor

Work with the Latent Wellsite Manager to ensure all aspects of this EP relevant to the plug and abandonment activity are carried out.

Ensuring the health and safety of all personnel under his/her control is never compromised.

Ensuring all employees and visitors to site comply with Contractor’s HS&E policies and safe systems of work.

Compliance with all relevant legislative requirements.

Maintaining operating practices, which meet Contractor/Latent environmental standards.

Provision of ongoing training at site to ensure all employees have the skills and knowledge to carry out assigned tasks in a safe and productive manner.

Ensuring all reported hazards, incidents and near misses are promptly reported, investigated and appropriate corrective action completed.

Identification of potential hazards through regular workplace inspections and implementing corrective action.

Encouraging employee participation in safety/training programs and initiatives.

POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES

Lead Contractor Crew & Third Party Contractors

(Includes all visitors, employees and contracted personnel attending the site)

Act in accordance with the EP.

Identify and address risks prior to commencement.

Apply operating procedures outlined in this EP.

Follow good housekeeping procedures and work practices.

Encourage improvement wherever possible.

Promptly report all HS&E hazards, incidents and near misses to their immediate supervisor.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 50

Take all reasonable care to ensure his or her safety and that of other persons is never compromised.

Report to work in a fit condition, i.e. not influenced by alcohol, drugs, fatigue or any condition that may affect the employee’s ability to complete any assigned task in a safe and effective manner.

Comply with Latent and contractor HSE policies and safe systems of work.

Correctly use tools, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with agreed safe work practices.

Ensure that work is not undertaken for which the employee feels they have not received adequate information and/or instruction.

Never undertake any task that does not meet Latent or contractor HSE standards.

Cooperate with rehabilitation programs to assist in the recovery of work-related injury/illness.

Actively participate in HSE and training initiatives.

Undertake weekly workplace inspections which include environmental checks.

Maintain ongoing liaison with the Wellsite Manager.

Ensure no flora or fauna species of conservation significance are impacted by the P&A activities.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 51

7.3 TRAINING AND COMPETENCIES

Latent ensure their personnel have appropriate qualifications, competencies and training during the recruitment process. Records of qualifications, competencies and training are maintained in personnel files.

Latent ensure that contractor personnel involved in their operations have appropriate qualifications, competencies and training when reviewing tenders to award contracts.

All personnel involved in this Project are appropriately trained and hold the relevant certification for their role. In addition and where required, job specific training is conducted prior to the commencement of the work activities.

7.3.1 Qualifications, Certifications & Licensing

Latent and their contractors shall comply with the training requirements described within their own management systems.

7.3.2 Training Records

Latent and their contractors will maintain systems which record all personnel training competencies to demonstrate relevant HSE competencies, including those required by legislation and understanding of this EP and Latent procedures.

Training records shall be available for review by Latent and regulatory bodies.

7.4 COMMITMENTS OF THIS EP

Communications of environmental issues requiring action will be made through internal reporting channels for Latent Petroleum and communicated formally to the DMP.

7.5 AUDITING, MANAGEMENT OF NON-CONFORMANCE AND REVIEW

Environmental performance is measured against the objectives and commitments set out in this EP. The monitoring program reflects these objectives and commitments, describing the information necessary to produce systematic, comprehensive and informative reports on environmental performance.

Performance assessments are based on the monitoring program data and provide the basis for information to the public, technical environmental reports to regulators, and feedback for review of environmental management plans.

With the progressive change from regulatory inspections towards self-management and independent auditing, emphasis will be placed on internal review at Latent. This internal environmental performance evaluation will be based on the results of inspections and monitoring programs.

7.5.1 Internal Auditing and Inspection

Inspections will be carried out of the well that will encompass both environmental and safety elements. The Wellsite Manager reports all operational, technical and environmental issues to the Project Manager. Latent management will review the daily reports and identify, in conjunction with site personnel, any issues where further action is required.

An incident reporting system will be used as a means of identifying and rectifying existing or potential environmental (and safety) issues.

An internal environmental review will be undertaken by Latent Petroleum after the completion of the Plug and Abandonment activities.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 52

7.5.2 DMP Audits

DMP may undertake audits to ensure all the commitments made in this EP are in compliance.

7.6 NON-CONFORMANCE, CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTATIVE ACTION

Incidents are reported on site and alerted to the Latent WSM. They are discussed at toolbox meetings / pre-tour meetings by supervisors with their crews. Incidents are tracked on an incident register and close-outs are proposed and actioned in the main by site personnel as they should be to ensure workforce participation.

Incidents are also logged on the Daily Reports and discussed between site and town. The Latent Managing Director and JVP receive copies of the Daily Reports and are kept informed of any incidents.

Management personnel will review all audit findings, non-conformances and reports. Management will also sign off on all reported incidents.

7.7 RECORD KEEPING

All records to be kept by the Latent office are:

Emission records.

Completed ‘Hygiene Declaration’ forms.

Non-compliances and corrective action records.

Reportable and recordable incidents.

Internal audit and inspection records.

These records will be kept for a period of five years.

7.8 REFERENCE MATERIAL

Copies of the Environmental Policy, Environmental Plan, Emergency Response Plan, Oil Spill Contingency Plan, P&A Well Management Plan, and all MSDS will be held on site and will be available to all personnel.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 53

8 Emergency Response

8.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

An Emergency Response Plan has been developed by Latent which covers the actions, responsibilities and outside agencies involved in the event of an emergency.

The emergency response procedure will involve the following priorities for action:

Protection of human health and safety;

Protect and minimise the effect to the health and safety of animals;

Contain the spread of spilled material;

Neutralise and render safe any noxious or hazardous materials; and

Commence clean-up activities and site remediation.

By their very nature, emergency response procedures deal with events either not foreseen or almost totally unlikely. It is necessary therefore to plan for worst case scenarios or adopt general procedures, as normally anything that can be covered by a specific plan is not an emergency. It is important to recognise that any crisis may have serious impacts well beyond the individual operation immediately involved and which may affect the WJV, or Latent as a corporate entity.

A Crisis Management Plan has also been developed by Latent that outlines the procedures and actions to be followed in the event of a major crisis.

8.2 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN

8.2.1 Overview

Latent has developed an Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) - refer to Appendix 6.

All Latent personnel and contractors will be equipped and trained to respond to the potential incidents outlined in the OSCP.

Latent will ensure that the equipment required in the event of a spill is available and this is detailed in the OSCP.

The responsibilities and response strategies are summarised in the OSCP.

8.2.2 Reporting

Incident reporting requirements are detailed in the OSCP.

8.3 INJURY/ACCIDENT PROCEDURE

Latent has developed strict procedures to ensure injured persons are treated promptly and correctly. These are addressed in the Emergency Response Plan.

9 REHABILITATION

At the conclusion of P&A activities, the site will be subject to a Rehabilitation Plan which will be submitted to the DMP in a third revision of this document by 19 August 2016. This plan will include the removal of all contaminated soils, re-contouring and the site returned to its previous use in accordance with the landowner’s expectations.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 54

10 REPORTING

10.1 INTERNAL REPORTING

All personnel will be required to report all incidents that are considered to breach the Latent EP and/or threaten the environment. These incidents may be reported by both internal and external parties and may occur on or off-site.

Internal environmental auditing is required under Regulation 15(6) of the Petroleum (Environment) Regulations which requires operators to have an EP that contains an implementation strategy that provides for the ‘monitoring of, audit of, management of non-compliance with, and review of the operator’s environmental performance’. The results of internal audits will be used in closeout reporting for the activity to demonstrate to DMP compliance with this EP.

10.2 EXTERNAL REPORTING

10.2.1 Routine Reporting

All reporting will be undertake in accordance with the Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012 and the auditing and reporting requirements outlined in ‘Auditing and Reporting Requirements for Petroleum Activities in WA, DMP, October 2012’.

These reporting requirements include:

Regulation 16: reporting to DMP at the conclusion of P&A activities providing evidence of compliance with the commitments in this EP (performance criteria and standards). Audit reports will be submitted to DMP within two (2) months of completion of the audit.

Regulation 33: monitor all emissions and discharges to any land, air, marine, seabed, groundwater, sub-surface or inland waters environment and submit a written report of emissions and discharges to DMP every three (3) months after this EP approval.

These reports will be forwarded to [email protected] and will include the results of all monitoring undertaken (where applicable to that report).

Latent will submit routine reports to the DMP in accordance with the Schedule of Onshore Petroleum Exploration and Production Requirements 1991 (amended 21 May 2010).

Latent will convey immediate notification of any significant incidents as identified in Table 9 and Table 10.

10.2.2 Incident Reporting

A summary of reportable and recordable incident reporting (where required) that will be undertaken in accordance with Regulation 28 is summarised in Table 9 and Table 10.

The lists set out in Table 9 and Table 10 are not exhaustive and each incident will be evaluated as they occur to determine correct reporting requirements and procedures

Reportable incidents will be telephoned to the DMP Petroleum Environment Incident Reporting number 0419 960 621 within two (2) hours of the incident.

Reports on all reportable incidents will be submitted by email within three days of the incident to [email protected]. The report will include:


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 55

Facility name, date, time and place of the occurrence Witness names and details of person submitting report Description of the incident and cause of occurrence Estimated quantity of liquid (or gas) and composition that escaped Particulars of damage caused by the escape Particulars of methods used to control the escape Details of the actions undertaken to control further impact to the environment from

the incident. Arrangements for an internal investigation Measures taken, or to be taken, to prevent a possible recurrence of the incident.

A close out report will also be forwarded to DMP on completion of remedial works for any reportable incident.

Latent will submit a monthly recordable incident reports to the DMP by the 15th of the following month (to [email protected]). The report will include:

a record of all recordable incidents that occurred during the calendar month; Detail of the recordable incidents that the operator knows of or is able, by reasonable

search or enquiry, to find out; Any action taken to avoid or mitigate any adverse environmental impacts of the

recordable incidents; and The corrective action that has been taken, or is proposed to be taken, to prevent

similar recordable incidents.

Where no recordable incidents occur for that month, Latent will follow DMP’s recommendation to inform the Department within the same time frame that no recordable incidents have occurred during the month (‘Nil Reporting’).


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 56

Table 9 – Routine and Incident Reporting Requirements for Petroleum Activities

Requirement Timing

Routine reporting (Planned Impacts) as per Regulation 16(a)

As required by DMP, to demonstrate that the environmental performance objectives and standards are met.

E.g. annual performance report for a facility, end of project report, etc.

Annual report

Incident Reporting (Unplanned Impact) as per Regulation 28 & Additional Reporting

Reportable A - Consequence based

The operator must notify DMP of any unplanned event identified as having a ‘moderate or more serious than moderate’ consequence level during the environmental risk assessment process e.g., loss of containment, breach of quarantine procedure, etc.

B - Additional Reporting Requirements

Spills of hydrocarbons in excess of 500Lor unplanned gaseous releases >500m3.;

Spills of hydrocarbons that affect a ground surface area greater than 100m2;

Death or injury to individual(s) from a Listed Species during an activity;

Unplanned impact caused to a matter of national environmental significance (MNES) during an activity (as per the EPBC Act).

Verbally, as soon

as practicable, but within 2hrs via the 24 hr duty phone 0419960621; then in writing, within 3 days to [email protected]

Recordable C - Recordable incident report

Any incident arising from the activity that reaches a performance objective or standard identified in the EP E.g. small unplanned gaseous release (<500m3).

Monthly

Table 10 - List of reportable incidents

Requirement Reportable Incident

Incident Reporting (Unplanned Impact) as per Regulation 28 & Additional Reporting

Spills of hydrocarbons in excess of 500L or 500m3 of gas.;

Spills of hydrocarbons that affect a ground surface area greater than 100m2

Death or injury to individual(s) from a Listed Species during an activity;

Unplanned impact caused to a matter of national environmental significance (MNES) during an activity (as per the EPBC Act).

EP – Incidents with >moderate inherent consequence

R10 – Fauna Incident if Listed

R11 – Vehicle accident

R13 – Well integrity breach during Plug & Abandonment activities

R14 – Loss of Containment at Surface

R15 – Bushfire

R16 – Non-controlled access to site (Third Party)

Emissions & Discharges Should an unplanned emission or discharge take place, details will be included in the Quarterly Emissions & Discharges report to be submitted by the 15th of the month following the reportable period.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 57

10.2.3 Emissions and Discharges

In accordance with Regulation 34 of the PGER (E) Regulations, Latent will report to the DMP the estimated emissions and discharges to the environment as a result of the Dandaragan P&A operations performed. Reports will be lodged within 15 days of the end of each three (3) month reporting period and will be forwarded to [email protected].

The planned and unplanned emissions and discharges expected for the operations are presented in Table 11 and Table 12 - Unplanned Emissions and Discharges respectively.

Table 11 - Planned Emissions and Discharges

Emission or Discharge Monitoring

Water consumption Records from fluid volumes (cement and inhibition fluids) used in the operations.

Steel / metals / industrial waste Records of volume/ weight of material removed by waste management contractor or recycling contractor.

Putrescible / general waste Records of waste removed in appropriate waste disposal bins.

Fuel Records of fuel used by each contractor.

Hazardous waste (oil filters, oily rags, etc)

Records of volume of waste removed by waste management contractor and delivered to licensed waste disposal facility.

Table 12 - Unplanned Emissions and Discharges

Emission or Discharge Monitoring

Liquid spill Spill volumes – measured or estimated

Contaminated soil Records of volume of waste removed by waste managementcontractor


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 58

11 CONSULTATION

Latent has maintained six monthly contact with the landowner prior to Dandaragan-1 Wellhead inspections. The design of the rehabilitation of the well site will be subject to Landowner consultation within the guidelines outlined in Section 5.1.3 of the Guide to the Regulatory Framework for Shale and Tight Gas in Western Australia, July 2015. This will be submitted in the Rehabilitation Plan.

The most recent communications with the landowner regarding the P&A of Dandaragan are in Table 13.

Table 13 – Stakeholder consultation undertaken to date

Date Contact Topic/ Issues raised/ discussed

6/4/16 Landowner

By Phone

Wellhead Inspection and preliminary advice of pending P&A programme. Verbal commitment that contact will be made by management in the near future.

No concerns.

8/6/16 Shire of Dandaragan, CEO and Deputy CEO

Presentation

Update of both the Warro project, potential work in Dandaragan and planned P&A activities for Dandaragan-1.

No concerns.

20/6/16 Shire of Dandaragan, CEO and Deputy CEO.

Letter.

Oil and gas activities in the Shire of Dandaragan.

No concerns.

23/6/16 Email to Landowner Update on Dandaragan-1 P&A and seeking meeting to discuss rehabilitation of the site.

Email rejected on system.

27/6/16 Letter to Landowner Update on Dandaragan-1 P&A and seeking meeting to discuss rehabilitation of the site.

Awaiting response.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 59

12 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Department of Aboriginal Affairs (2016). http://maps.dia.wa.gov.au/AHIS2/ (site accessed 8/3/2016).

Department of Parks and Wildlife (2007 – 2016). NatureMap: Mapping Western Australia's Biodiversity. https://naturemap.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ (site accessed 20/3/2016).

Don Williams & Son and Clark Lindbeck & Associates (in prep). Vegetation survey of the Proposed Dandaragan 3D Seismic Survey Area.

HydroConcept Pty Ltd (2015). Preliminary Groundwater Assessment of the Midlands Region.

Northcote,K.H. with Beckmann,G.G., Bettenay,E., Churchward,H.M., Van Dijk,D.C., Dimmock,G.M., Hubble,G.D., Isbell,R.F., McArthur,W.M., Murtha,G.G., Nicolls K.D., Paton,T.R., Thompson,C.H., Webb,A.A. and Wright,M.J. (1960-1968). Atlas of Australian Soils, Sheets 1 to 10. With explanatory data (CSIRO Aust. and Melbourne University Press: Melbourne).

Rutherford, J., Roy, V. and Johnson, S.L. (2005). The Hydrogeology of Groundwater Dependent Ecosystems in the Northern Basin. Department of Environment, Hydrogeological Record Series, HG11.


WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29 60

Appendix 1 - Letter Nominating the Operator for the Activity

�

�

�**��+��%�&B��&&�&&��+�

�

1��

&�G�

��

�%

��

��.�

&��

�'��

��C

D��

��

�C�D�

��

��

��C

D��

�)��

�C;D�

1��

�&��

�*=�

��C3

D�

%�*

��

��

��

��

��

��

��8�

��

��

��

��

��9%

��+�

�+��

+��

��

��

�+�

��

��

��

�+�

��

��

��

"��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��$

��

�"�

��

�"��

��

��

��"�

��

�2

��"�

�"$

��$

��

��

��"

��

!"�

��"��

�""�

��

G�

��

��

��

��

"��

��

��

��

��"

��+��

��

�G

� �

�2��

��

�+��

��

�"$

��

��+��

��

��

""��

��

D��

��

��

��

��

��

"��

��

��

��

-��

��

��2�

��

��

��

�+�

"�+�

��

��

!��$

��"

��

=��

��

��

��

��

�

��

"�%%�

+��

��

��

��

��

�+�

��$

��

2��

��

��

��!

��$��

��

��

��

��

+�"�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

2��

��

�;��

+�2�

��

��!

��$��

��

��

��

��

��

�"�

��%�+

��

��+

$��%

��

��

��

�+��

��

�+��

��"

�

��2�

��

�

��

��3�

��

��8

��"

�2��

��

"��

"��

��

"��

��

��

��

��

�

��2

��

��

��

��

�"�

��%�

+��

��

�"�

� ��

��

6��

��

�+$

��%

��

��

��

�+�

��

��+

��

��"�

��"

�"��

��"

�2��

��

2��

��

��

�

��

�8��

��

��2

��

��

��

��

��

�

��+

��

��

�%�

��

��$

��

��

��

��

��

�%�$

��

�H)�

�"�

4��

��

��XZ

�)&I

��Z�

)&I�

Z�*)

-�

Z�*)

-�Z

�)-

�Z�

)-�Z

�)&-

�HZ

�)&-

�

"�'�

��

<��"

��

��6�

��

-�

�+�

��

��

��6

��

��"�

��

��

6��

��

2��

��"

��

�F%

��

��-

��

��%

��

��"�

#.:

�#.!

//

��/

4�/

11

6%

%�-

1��

%.":�%�0.-5�

��

)��

��&�

��7�

��#�

��

��-

��

++��

�%��3

��

��

��"��

��

�8��

+��

��++

��H

��

�"��

��

��

(��

�"��

=��

��

�.(1�

-��

��

��0�

��

��

)��

��

-�

��++

��%�

�3��

��

�!��$

��$

��"�

+��

��

�8��

+��

��++

��

��

��"

F��

��

9��

�.C1�

��

�-

��/�

��

#��

/��

0��

-�

�$2

��+

+��

�"�

2��

��

�"��

��$��

�"�

��$

��"�

+��

��

�)U

�+$

�+��

�%��

++��

��

��

��

��.

�++�

�"�

��

��&�

��"1

�

��""

��

�.=

1�

��0

��

��

-��

:��

��

��:

��

-�

�$2

��$

��

��

�%��

��!

��$��

��$��

"�+�

��

��

��

��

��

++"

��"

*��

)&U

�+$

�+��

�%��

++��

��

��

��

��.

�++�

�"�

��

&��&

&��

�"1

�

J��

�9��

��.�

1�

��)

��

�#�

-��

&��

��7�

��

��

-�

��++

��

��8+

��

��+

��+��

"��

+�"*

��

)U�+

$�+

��%

��++

��

��

��

��

��.�+

+��"

�H�

2��

��&&

��

�"1�

��

��.�

1�

%."

:��

�-

�5

��-

0��

-�

�%�"

�/-

"��%

�?6

.%��

�

�+��

��

C��

��

��

��

�+�

��

��3�

��*

�!

��=�

��

��

�

��

��

��

��

3��

*�

��

��

��-

�

��

��"

��"

��

��

�"��

��"�

�+�%�

�*�

#�<

�-

�

��

��

��

��+

��

�"*�

T=��

��

��!

��$�(

�FG

Q��D�

,�#

�&&&

�&&

� ��

�"9�

-�

��

��B

��

+��

�"�

��

��

��"

�

�

�**��+� ��&�

�

� �

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

"6%4�1��."06%,�-1��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*��

/�)��@��'$��"��"��"��+��$��6�+��"��+��"��+��2��%��$�� +��*��

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +�� "��"��+��%�"��++�""��"��+��"�� "��"�%%��+��+��"*�

��"��-� �� -��2�"��"��+��"��%�"��""��"��%+��"��+�"��"��2�$�+��"��$��++�""*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� 0��B&� �� (��2�$�+��"�!��"��"� ��+9";��2�� %%��"� ��+9"��"��$��+��"��++��+��"�*�

�(� .�� !��2��"��+��;�"��2�"��+��"��2��+��"��2��2� ��"� ��%�+�+��$�� $��"��+��*��

:��'��.��&@��G��+��"��"��"�*��G��"��+��"��%��"� ��!��*�

��@��"�� 5(�+��2��"*��

%�*��@�� 3��%��%��+��"��"��-� ��*��D��"�"��7*)*��+��$��(��$��-�*�

��=��&@�G��*�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

�5�0�0./-�2�4�6-��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�/�)��@��+��2��2� ��2��%��$��"��6�+��+��2��"�$2��+��%��.��+��$��%��1��$�� *��

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +��"��"��+��%�"��++�""��"��+��"�� "��"�%%��+��+��"*�-9�� "�� !�� %� �$�� "� !$�� !��9�� "�� !��$� "� ��%�+�� 2��2� ��*�

��"��-� �� -��2�"��"��+��"��%�"��%��+��2��2� ��%��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� �<��&&�&��

(��"��!�� 2��"��+��$��+��"��%�+��% �� 3��"��$��%��=��"��2��(+��)&*�� D��+��%��%��2� ��"��"�%��%��$��*�� 2��%�� ;�$��+��F��"��!"��"��+��+��"��

��+��+��+��+��*�

�(� ��&��

�� $��%��"��+��2��2� ��!$��$��"�� ;�"$��%��2� ��*�

�� 2��%��2��2� ��+��9��!��$��!��2��%��$��-� �� +��*��

(� 0��B&�� $�+��"��3��2��"� ��+9"*�� G��"��+��"��2� ��*�

;(� 0��E'��&��

�� "�!��%��+��$��6�+��"��++��+��!��$��$��2�� +�*�

�� (��"��!��%��!��$��2�� +��!$�+$��$��"��%%��2�� 2�� "9�� $��""��"��"��$"�� *�

:��'��.��&@�� %��"�� 2� ��"��"*�� G��2��+��%��"��+��.�*�*��2��2��1*�� G��2��+��%��2�� %%��"� ��+9"*�� G��+��"��%�%��+��"��!��$��6�+�*�� G��+��"��%��6��%��$��%�%��"��"��%��$��6�+�*�� G��+��"��%�� %�� !��"��*�� G��+��"��%�%��"�� !��"��*��@��"�� 5(�+��2��"*�

%�*��@�� 3��%��%��+��"��"��-� ��*�D��"�"��7*)*��+��$��(��$��-�*�

��=��&@�G��%��@��2�� +�;��2��+��*&�B��"��-� ��;�,�=��B�(��8�7*�

�

� �

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%�� (��"=��&�

�

��2��."��"��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�/�)��@� ��"�� "�� 3��"� �� %��!�;� ��2�� $�� +�� "%�� %� !�� "��+��"F�"�"��.Phytophthora�"��1��!��"��"��9"��%��8�"�� %�"��"*�

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +�� "��!��F�"�"��2��+��3��"��+$��2��"��!��%��$�� "��!��F�"�"�� *�

��"��-� �� "��2�"��"�$2��+��K�� +��E��2��"��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� ��

�� G��"��"�+�� $��$��!��"��*�� (2�+��!��+��2��%��$��$��"+��8�"�� 2��"��+��+�"��%�

��8��"�!��K��+��"�E��++��+�*�� (��"��2�$�+��"�!��+�� $��!��"��*�

�(� !��

�� (�K�� +��E�!��3��$��+��+��%��6��"��"��$�"��3��"�%��%��*��

�� G��2�$�+��"�!�� ++�""��"��!��$��+��+��+��K�� +��E�%��*�

(� ��1�� ,��9"��%�K�+��"�"E�!��%� ��$��%��"��2�"��2��$��*�

;(� �=��'�&�� J��2��"��$��L�� +��M�!��2��%��"��++�""��2�*�

:��'��.��&@��G��"��"$��%��+��"��"��+��"*��G��!�!��"��+��"*��=��K�� +��E�%��*�

��@�'$��"��!��""�""��"�+��+�� *��

%�*��@��D��"�"��7*)*��+��$��(��$��-�*�

��=��&@��G��

%��&@�K�� +��E�%��

�

� �

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��;(��"=��&�

�

4.%��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@�G��++��+��%�%��"�"��"��%��$��+��2��*�

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +�� "�� %�� 3��"� �� +$��2�� "%�� +��"� ��*� -9�� "��!��%��$�� "��"%��+��"*�

��"��-� �� -��"��%��3�� $��"�9�� +��+�"*��

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� .��2�0�� !��+��%��%�� "��+��*�� <��!��""�!��%��+��"%�� ";�!$�+$�!��"��+��+��

�+$��"��+��*��

�(� 4��&�

�� (��"��2�$�+��"��3��+��%��8�� "$��"�!$�+$�+��!��$�(�"��"*��

�� -��%��%� $�� 3��!��"��++�""��"*��'$�"��3��!��+��9�%��!��$��2��!��*�

�� "��!��$��"��-� ��"��%��%� $�� 3��%%�+��"%��9��!��$��"��%��+��%�� +�*��

�� '�+9"��"��+�� +��2��"��+"��%�� +�� -�� $��"�9�� +��+�"�!��$��$��"��O�� -��3�� !��9�� O�� +$��+�;�+��$��%�%��"O�� G��"��9�� !��"��O��

(� 4�� D��+"��%��%��;�� +��"��"��+��+��"��2+��

��*��+��"��2��$�� +��"��"��!��%��!�*�� "��"��+9��"�� +��+��+��"�$2��+��$��*�

:��'�� .��&@�J��9�� "�� $�� %��3�� "��"�� *�G�� +��+�"��%� %��*��+��"��%�%��"**�

��@��"�

%�*��@�� 3��%��%��+��"��"��-� ��*�

��=��&@�G��

%��@�� +��"��"��

� �

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��3(��2��&�

�

��0�%��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��"��"��3��"��%��!�*��

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +�� "��!�� 3��"��+$��2��"��"��*�-9��"��!��%��$�� "*�

��"��-� ��<��!��"��+��"� �2��$��-� �� +��*�� %��!��"��+��2��"�%��!�� $��"�� +��"�%��$��5��-� ��+��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� "��'��

�� <�� +��"��"��+��$��!��"��$��2��"�!$��!��+��"�"��"��*��(��2��2��!��%��+��"��%+��!�� $"��$��%�� !��$�"�"��*�

�(� 5��<�� (��"��"��%�%��"�!�� 2��+$�� $�� !��*�

(� ��&��.�*��&� �� -��$�"�%�� !��$�"��"��"�+�2��$��,��=�� +��B�(��8�7*�:��'��.��&@��G��+��+�"��%�$��+��+$��+��"��"*��G��+��+�"��%�%�� *��

��@��A��!��"�"��%��!��9��"��"��+��2��"*��

%�*��@��""��%��$��"�"��"��$��-�*�

��=��&@�K��-�� +�""E�.��%��(��8�71�%�� @� ��2�� +�� &*&� B� -�� *� ��2�� +�� *&� B� �"�� -� ��;� ,�� =�� +��.(��8�71*�

�

� �

�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#�.-1.��-0�%��/%0.-5��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��"��"��3��"��%��!��$��+��"��%��!��*�

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +��"��$��+��"��9��"��2��+�;��$2��+�� $��+��"��$��*�-9��"��!��%��$�� "��"��$��+��"��$��%��"�"��!��$�"��+��*�

��"��-� �� -9��"��!��%��$�� "��"��$�� +��"��$��%��"�"��!��$�"��+��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� ��&��*�� '� ��

��2�� +��"�� +��+��"��+�"��2��"��""�"� �$�� +�"��+�"��+��*��2��+��"��"��+��+��2�+��%��$��+;� �2�� +��!��9��"�� 2��"*�D��"��+��""�";��+�"��6�"��9��""�"��"%��;��$��"�"��$�� !�� !��$��$��"�"��+��"�� ""��"��!�� *��C�� ""�";�+��+��9��"��$4�"*��"��$��3�� !�� %��$��2��$��"��";��$�� 3�� ""�"��+�� %�� "�� +��"� �� %�+�� $�� -�*� � D�� "�2�� +"�";��"�"��"��%��"��3��*�

�(� 0=�� &��&� '�� =�� *��

(��+��"��"��"��+��+��+��*�D�+��"��"��+��9��%��$��2��$��+��"��9��$��2��*��'$��+��!��"��2�"�� $��+�"�."1��2��%��""�"��$��%��2�"��"�"��"��+��"*�� +��"� �� $�� $��"� .�-�1� ��+�� $��+�� "��";� ��+��"+��F� ��%� "��$��+��"�.��%��+$��1*�C�� $�"��+��"��"�� $��+��"�"��$�"�"�+��;��$��+�""��+��"�!��9��$��3��$��+��"��+��*��'$�� $��+��"��3��%��$��2�"�� $��!��%��!��+$��2��*�'$�� +�� +�� %�� "�"��+�� +��"� �$�� +��;� �$�� +�"�."1;� �$��+��"��9��$��+��"��3��2��%��"��"��"*�(��2��+��"�!��$��-� �� +��"+�2��*�

(� 0=�� *��&&� '��*��

D%��+��++��"�!$�+$��2��2�"��"��+��"��++�� ;�+��"�"��!��$�� K,�� =�� +�� M� !�� 9�� $�� 8�� %� �$�� "�� +��("�"��"��+��+�� +"��!��$��0�$��"��%� �$�� +��++�� ;�� LD�+��M�!��%��$��2��+��"�%��!��$��6�+��-� ��-� �� +��*��%�*�� &� <�� *=�� =�� .��%�*��;$�$��<��=��=��&��'��=��(�

�� $��"�2��%��$��+��;��+�""��2��2��%�+��$��"��-� ��"�"��"��""�� 2��$��"��*�,��+��2�� +��%��+��;��$��"��-� ��"��+��$��+��%%��2�+��3��"��2��""�"��+��2�+��$��'$�� "�� -� �� $�� !�� 9�� $�� 2�"�� ;� ��2��+��"� �� +�� $�� "�+�� %� �$�� LD�+�� M� !��$�� 0� $��"� �%� �$��+��++�� ,++"��;��%�+��%��+��+��2��%��8��"��+�"�"�+$�"��$��+;�� "��+��"��%��$��*��,��+��%��$�"��%�+��;��$��"��+��2�� $��%��$��2��"$��%��$��%��$��"��-� ��*�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#�.-1.��-0�%��/%0.-5��

;(� 0=�� *��&&� '��*��

'$��6�+��-� ��!��2��%��$��2�"�� "��+��9��"��3��+��*&��L��%�+��%��9�=��M*��'$��6�+��-� ��!��"��2��!��+��"��2��+��"*�

3(� .�'�� *��

��"��+��"�!��"��!��$��$��"��%��$��+��*��2��W��*!* �2*�*� '$��!��+�� <+��;��;��+��%��$��++��+�� ""��"��"��%��"��"�� "+��%��$��+��+�"��%��++��+�� "��3��%��3��.�� "1��+��"��$��"+�� +��"��%�� +�"��$��"+�� +��"��%��$�"��"��+��$��"+�� "��%��$��+��"��9��+��%��$��+��$��2��%��$��

��+��*�� (�� "�%��2�"�� -�"��"��9��;��9��;��2��""��+��+��%��$��+��*�

�(� ��=�� &�

��!��"��$��+��+��$��-��%��$��)�$��%��$��%��!�� $� %�� +�� %� �5(� +��2��"� .�� *��2��W��*!* �2*�1*� � '$��!��+�� +��%��+��+��"��$��++�� $��+��$O�� %��$��+��+��"��$��$��9��!"��%��"��;��"��

"��+$��3��;��%��O�� (��+��9��2�� 2��"��2��+�"��%��$��+��

��+��"O�� '$��+��+��2��+��$��$"��9��;��"��"��9��;��2��"��

��+��+��"*��$��+��+��"��++��%��$��$;��!��%��!��-�E"��+��%��$��!��$��$��"��%��$��+��+��"�$2��++�� $��$�.KG�� E1*�

7(� ��&&��&� 2��&�=��&�%�*��

(�� ""��"� 5� ��"+$� �"� �� "�� $�� )�$� �%� �$�� $� %��!�� $��3��***�

:��'��.��&@�(��+��"��%��*��(��+��3��"��"��%��+��"��9��*��""��%��+��"��-��+��%��!��9"�%��+��*�

��@�("��3��*�

%�*��@�D�+��$��6�+��-� ��$��"��$��"��%��3��*��(��$��+��+��"��"��%��$��2�� %�� *�Y��""��"�5��"+$� �"�� *�

��=��&@��"��%��+��+��"��-�*�

�%�*��.��&��

��3�� D�+��

D�+�� .J�� D��+�1�"� �� /� 5� (��

��"��%�$��+��"��8+�""��%�)&&��

��"��%�$��+��"��$��%%�+�� "��%+�� $��&&��

��$��6��2��."1�%��"��+��"�� +��2��O�

J�� +�� +�"�� %� �� 2�� "� ��%�+�+��.-G��1�� +��2��."��$��C=�(+�1*�

��B�D�+��"�!��$�H��$��+��"�3��+��

("��"9�(""�""��

�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��7(��2��&� �

"0�060/%9�%��/%0.-5��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��"��"��3��"��%��!��"�"��*�

%�&*��&��

-� �� +��"��$��$��+�""��"�� "�"��+��"��$��3��2��%��%��*��"��$��+��+��"�+��"��3��"��3��%��$��6��"�+��$��3��%��*�

��"��-� �� "��$��+��+��"�+��"��3��"��3��%��$��6��"�+��$��3��%��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� "��%�*��&��

�%�*��0��

��=��%��%�*��

��'��"��&&��

=��"�� -�� $�� $�� $"� �%�+�� %� ��+��2��

��2�� D�+�� .��1�

�-�� !��$��$�";� ��!��$��#��"�

��2�� D�+�� .��+��1�

�-�� C�� $�� )�$� �%� �$�� $�%��!�� $�� $*�

��""��"�5��"+$� �"�� -�� C�� $�� )�$� �%� �$�� $�%��!�� $�� 3��*�

(�� -�� %� <�� %�� $��2��"�+��*�

�-�[��%�-��"��

�(� ��=�� '��&��&&��

'$�"��"�!��%��!��*��2��W��*!* �2*��!��+��$��"��"��%�� 9��.!$��+��$��1*�

:��'��.��&@�(��"��"��"��!��$��3��%��*�

��@�G��

%�*��@�("��3��"��$��"*�

��=��&@��"��%�"�� -��

�

� �

�

�

� �

%�G�� 0��

%��*��C��.�*��&D��&�*��%��C�D�

� ("� ��3��-�;��"�� $��$��2��%��+��6�+��2�"��"��"��*�

�* *��%��+��%��%+��;��%��6�+��;��+*�

(��

.��%�*��C6�*��.�*��D��&�*��%��8�2��%�*��%�G��&�

%�*�� 1��&�G�� &��'$��"��%��-��%��2��%��"�$2�� K��"��"��$��E�+��"�3��+��2�� $��2��"9�""�""��+�""��* *;��""��%�+��;��+$��%�3��+��;��+*�

,��%�*��%�G��&�

�� "��%�$��+��"��8+�""��%�)&&�� "��8+�""��%�)&&�#O�� "��%�$��+��"��$��%%�+�� "��%+�� $��

�&&��O�� $��6��2��."1�%��"��+��"��

+��2��O�� J��+��+�"��%��2��

"� ��%�+�+��.-G��1�� +��2��."��$��C=�(+�1*�

��;�"�"��

"� ��+��+��;� �� !��$�� $�"�2�� $�� 0� $�� $��&0��7&7��O� �$�� !�� ;�!��$�� #� �"� ��*��2��W��*!* �2*��

%�� 1��%��*��

(��+��"�� %��$��+��2��$��+$�"��%��+��6�+��2��"��%��$��

-��$��

��%�*��&&��&��&�=��&��&�*��%�� '��=��C�D%��%�� ;��'��=��5�C�D%��"#C�D%�

� '$�� %� �� +��2�� "�� $�� ""��"� �� "+$� �"� �� ;� ��;� ��;� "��;� "��"��; ��!��;�"��"��%+��!��"��2��$��++��$��+��"��%��$��+��2��*�

��2��$��$"�

�

�

�

� �

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��8(��2��&�

�

�6�.0.-5��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@�'��"+��$��"��%��3��+��%��"*�

%�&*��&��

��-� �� +��'��"��$��2��"��9��*��"��$��$��"�� "��9��$��%��+�""��8��"��$��2��"�"��!��"��"�� "*�

��"��-� ��2��""�"��+��"�!$��3��"��;��2��+��"��"��$��"��3��"��"��"��$��"*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� .��&*��

��9��"��+��"��%��$��!��"��!��9��$��"��-� ��*�(��"��+��%��$��!��"��!��9��$��"��-� ��$��+��%��$�� +��2��"*��

:��'��.��&@�D��"��9��$��3��%��3��+��

��@��""��%��$��"��+��*�

%�*��@�<��"��"��+��"��-� ��+��%�� +��2��"*��

��=��&@��G��*�

�

�

� �

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��$(��2��&�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%�-�""�2�.-�610./-��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��"+��$��3��"�%��+��!��""�� "�%��!��+��"��+��+��"�!$��$��"$�� *�

%�&*��&��

��6�+��-� ��'��"��$��"��%��E"��"�� +��!$�+$��+��"�"��2�� *�

��-� ��"��"��2��2��$��6�+�� "��+��+��+�� !��9��"��*��

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� �.��(��!��"��%��$��!��9�%��+��%��!��$��$��2��$��"��*��C��$�"%��2�� ""��"�� +�� $�� +��*�� D�%�� 2�� $��2��+��"�!��+�2��*�

:��'��.��&@��+��"�9��"��+��%��$�"*�

��@��"*�

%�*��@��D��"�"��7*)*��+��$��(��$��-�*�

��=��&@�G��

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

�/-.0/%.-5��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��+��!��$��2��3��6�+��2�"��9�� "��3��*�

%�&*��&��

-� �� +��<�� $�� +��+�� %� �� ;� �� "��""�� %� "�� ";� ��2��%��+��"*��"�� $��$�� "��+��*�

��"��-� �� (""�"�� "��$��

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� 5��<��

�� 8��+�� !��!��"��"��+��2��"*�� A��!��"�� !��9��++��+��!��$��$��K��

-�� *�� ""��%� ��!��"��"��$��-�*�

�(� ��&�

�� (��2�$�+��"�� "��$2��+��!��$� ��"��+��%��"*�� D��"�+9��!�� $��"��E"�=��"��.Echium plantagineum1�$"��2��"��

��$��"��.%��$�� !��1*��'$�"�"��+��"��"��+��"��(*�

:��'��.��&@�(�� 9��$��%��3��+��"�"+$��*��

��@�("��$��"��$��-��

%�*��@��("��3��"��3��"�B��%��2��+��:*&�K�� E*��""��%� ��!�� "��"��$��.A��1��-�*�

%��&�@�K��-�� +�""EO��2��+��:*&�K�� E*�

�

� �

�

�

� �

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

�%.4.1�0./-�/4��/%:�1/��#�0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��%�� "�++�""%��+��%��!��9�%��!�� 2��+��*�

%�&*��&��

-� �� +�� "��$��$��!��9�� 2��%��$"��+��$��3��"��%��$�"��+��"*�

��6�+��-� �� =��%�+��%��9��%��!��-� �� +��*�

��"��-� �� "��$��$��6�+��-� ��$"��$��"��+��"��!��9��9��"��$��2��%�+��+��++��*��

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� ��

�� (��"��!��2�"��$��"��-� ��;�!$��!��$��2�"��$��6�+��-� ��%��2��+��"�.��+��7*&��L��2��D�+�� M1*�

�� '$��"��-� ��$�"��"��+�"��$��"��2��%��";�!$��;��$��3��!��9�$"��+��$��"��3��*�

�� D%��;��$��-� �� +��2�"�"��$��2��$��."1��%��$��+�� !��9"*�

:��'��.��&@��%�+��%��9"�%��"�+��%��2��+��"*�

��@�G��

%�*��@�("��3��*�

��=��&@�G��

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%��(��2��&�

�

��"0��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�

/�)��@��"��"��3��"��%��!�;��$�"��%��"��"��2��%��!"��+�"��$��!"��"��"��"��%��"��"��!��$��2��"��+��$��2��*�

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

-� �� +�� "��!"�� 6�+��2�"��+$��2��"��"��

��"��-� �� -9��"��!��%��$�� "��!"�� *��"�� %��"��$��"��%�,��9��"�!$��+�""��*�

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� "��&�� "� ��"$� %��*� ��!�� "��+�� "�� $��!"��"�

��*�� D��"�� !"�� !�� "��"�� %� �� ++��+�� !��$� �$�� 3��"� ��

��+��"��%+��"*��

�(� !��&��

(��$��+��"��!"�� !�� =��%��"��++��"*��"�� %��2�$�+��"�"��$��"��%��

2�$�+��%��!�� ++��+��!��$��$��,�=�*�

(� 5��&�� (��2�$�+��"��!��9�"��"��"��$2��"�+��+��"��+�� "$�� !��+��+��"��+�"�

:��'��.��&@��G��$��+��;��3�� !"��"��"��"�*��G��!��!��!"��*�G��+��"��%�!"��"��%�"��+��+��"*�

��@��"*�

%�*��@�<��"��"��+��*�

��=��&@�G��

�

� �

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%�� (��2��&�

�

1!��.1�#�2�!9�%/1�%,/-��-�5��-0��@��"��+��2��"��%��"�"��$��$"��+��$��;�"��*�/�)��@��"��"��3��"��%��!�*��"��"��"�� %�+$��+�"��$��+��"��"�"%��$��$��"��2��"��+��$��2��*�

%�"�/-".,.#.09�

��-� ��"��"%��"�+��"�� %��$��+��"*�

-9��"��!��%��$�� "�!$��$�� $��+��"�

�� 5�(��=��!� <��!��"��+��"� �2��$��-� ��

�/%:�.-"0%610./-"�

(� 0��&*��

�� '$��"��%��$�"��+�"�!��++��+��!��$��$��2��8��"�2�"�� "�A��"�=��$��+��E"�"%��3��"*�

�� (�� 2�$�+��"� ��"�� +$��+�"��$��+��"� !�� "��;� ��!��$��"��%��$��"%��"��%��$�"��"*�

�� (��"��+��"�!��"�+��"��+��2��"�� *�� (��%�+��"%��"� �"�!��"��%��3��+��%��

�$��"��%��9�3��"�.!$��3��1*�� "��"��2�� +��+�"�!��$��"*�

�(� "��

�� '$��-� ��!��4��"�-��"�� "��*�� (��+$��+�"��$��+��"�!��"��"��++��+��!��$��$��-��

��F+��+��"�!$�+$�+��+��&U��%��$�� "��+��)U��%��$��2��%�"��.!$��2��"� ��1��+��"��"*�

�� +��"�!��"��"��(��0& �&&0*�� =��"�2��+�"�.=�""�/�� "�A��"1�!��"��"��(�#:/&*�� '$�� %�-�8��=�""�"��%�� "�A��"��A"1;��+9 �"��

D��C��9�=��"�.DC="1��++��+��!��$�(�#/##*�� <��8�� "$��"�!��2�� (��"��"��%%�"��%��+�+�� "��"��!��$2��

"%��"�+��"�� "��"��"�

(� 6&��'�!��&�

�� (��%�� "��2�+�� %�2�$�+��"�!�� ++��+��!��$��$�� "��!�!��$��$��%�� $��%�"��"��"��"�3�� $��2��*��

�� (��!��"�� %�� "��$��!��"��*�� (�"��9��"��2��$��%�� 2�$�+��*�� (�� ;�� $�� %�%��"�!��+��+��"� ��*�� <��8�� "$��"��2��$��%�� %�� !�� $2�� "�� "�� B� �� +��2��"� F� ��"� ��%��

�� G�44��$2��+�"$��%%�� +�� %��44��!��$�� %��%��

;(� 6&��'�1=��&�

�� '$��%��!�� +��"�!��9��%�� %�+$��+�"��$��!��"�� -��"$��"�%��+$��+�"�!��$��$��!��"��%%�+�*�� =$��+�"�!��"��"�+��"�� $��!��"��*�� (��$4��"��"�!��"��%��"�� "��3��*�

3(� !��E�=��&*�� -��$�"�%�� !��$�"��"��"�+�2��$��6�+��,��=�� +��1�

:��'��.��&@��G��+$��+��$��+��"��"*��+��"�� %��%��";�+$��+�"��"��"*�-��"��*��4��"�-��"�� "��*�

�

�- .%/-��-0�#��%/1��6%�� (��2��&�

�

1!��.1�#�2�!9�%/1�%,/-��-�5��-0��@��D�"��+��%�"��"��"��"��+��+��!��$�� "�

%�*��@�� %��+��"��!��9��"��+��%��3��;�� -�*�

��=��&@�G��

%��&@��6�+��,��=�� +��;��2��+��&*&�B�-�� *�

�

�**��+�;�>�#��

Safe Driving Policy

Statement of Commitment Latent� Petroleum� Pty� Ltd� and� its� subsidiaries� are� committed� to� achieving� Health,� Safety� and� Environmental�excellence�in�all�our�activities.��As�an�element�of�this�pursuit,�this�policy�is�to�detail�the�safe�work�practices�to�be�used�for�the�safe�transport�of�personnel�and�equipment�associated�with�any�of�the�Latent�operations.�

Policy The�Latent�Safe�Driving�policy�is�shown�below:�

Approved Drivers

� Only�authorised�and�licensed�drivers�shall�drive�Latent�vehicles.�

� The�Wellsite�Manager�or�representative�shall�designate�drivers�based�on�experience,�knowledge�of�the�local�area�and�driving�skills.��

Driver Management

� The� Wellsite� Manager� in� consultation� with� contractor� representatives,� using� a� documented� journey�management�system,�shall�coordinate�all�vehicle�movements�on�and�off�the�lease�areas.�

� Latent�Petroleum�endorses�the�adoption�of�defensive�driving�techniques�at�all�times.�

Driver Responsibility

� Drivers�shall�be�responsible�for�the�safety�of�all�passengers�under�their�control.�

� All�drivers�shall�ensure�the�vehicle�they�are�in�control�of�is�fit�for�purpose,�and�safe�to�operate�prior�to�commencing�the�journey,�if�any�defects�are�identified�or�it�is�considered�that�the�vehicle�is�not�suited�for�its�intended�purpose,�then�the�Wellsite�Manager�should�be�notified.�The�driver�shall�be�advised�by�the�Wellsite�Manager�from�this�point.�At�no�times�shall�a�person�operate�a�vehicle�if�he�or�she�considers�it�to�be�unsafe.��

� Drivers�shall�obey�all�traffic�regulations�as�applicable�to�the�location�in�which�they�are�driving.�

� Drivers�shall�not�carry�passengers�who�are�unable�to�be�secured�by�seat�belts�(i.e.�extra�passengers�or�passengers�in�utility�trays.)�

� No�person�under�the�influence�of�either�drugs�or�alcohol�(see�Drugs�&�Alcohol�Policy)�shall�drive�a�Latent�Petroleum�motor�vehicle.�

� Any� driver� who� is� involved� in� a� vehicle� accident� and� found� to� be� grossly� negligent� may� be� liable� for�termination� under� the� terms� of� their� employment� contract� and� may� also� be� held� responsible� for� all�penalties�and/or�damages.�

Driving Speeds & Conditions

� The�drivers�of�Latent�Petroleum�vehicles�shall�abide�by�the�nominated�speed�limits�on�bitumen�roads�and� gravel� roads� except� in� circumstances� where� deteriorating� road,� or� weather� conditions,� or� the�requirements�of� the�client�dictate�a� slower�speed.� �Notwithstanding� the�above,� the�maximum�speed�whilst�travelling�on�gravel�roads�shall�not�exceed�80�kph.�

� Onsite�speed�limits�of�40�kph�for�access�tracks�and�10�kph�for�well�sites�and�camp�will�be�enforced�at�all�times.�

� All�driving�activities�must�be�confined� to�prepared�roads�and�approved�access� routes.� �No�“off road”�driving�is�permitted�except�as�required�in�an�emergency�situation.�

� Driving� during� low� light,� (early� morning� and� dusk)� and� night� time� will� require� special� care� by� the�authorised�driver�of�the�vehicle.�

� Any�fauna�encountered�on�roads�must�be�given�priority�and�provided�ample�opportunity�to�clear�the�way�before�a�vehicle�proceeds��

� Authorised�drivers�will�be�required�to�pull�over� into�a�safe� location�should�weather�conditions�prove�dangerous�to�continue�driving.��The�driver�is�to�ensure�contact�with�site�to�advise�of�any�delay�and�the�current�location�of�the�vehicle�and�all�personnel.��

� Movement� of� heavy� vehicles� along� approved� routes� are� restricted� during� the� following� school� bus�timetables�during�the�school�term:�

� Coalara�and�Watheroo�West�Roads��from�8.00 8.45am�and�from�3.25� 4.15�pm;�� Marchagee�Track�from�7.15 8.00am�and�from�4.15 5.00pm;�� Brand�Highway�(north�of�Badgingarra)�from�7.15 7.55�am�and�from�4.00�–�4.20�pm;�and�� Brand�Highway�(south�of�Badgingarra)�from�6.45� 8.15�am�and�4.10 4.50�pm.�

�Reporting

� Drivers�will�be�required�to�report�to�their�departing�office/site�upon�arrival�at�their�destination.�

� All�accidents�are�to�be�reported�through�the�Daily�Safety�Meetings�and�submission�of�incident�reports.��Accidents�requiring�the�attendance�of�Emergency�Services�will�be�reported�immediately�to�the�Executive�Director�of�Latent�Petroleum.�

� All� encounters� with� fauna� are� to� be� reported� through� the� Daily� Safety� Meetings� and� submission� of�incident�reports.�

Stephen Keenihan Executive Director Latent Petroleum Pty Ltd Feburary 2016

LPL-HSE-PO-03

�

�**��+�3�>��2�"��"��*��

Approvals Name Signature Date

Originator Tarnya Inglis

8 August 2016

Approver Stephen Keenihan

8 August 2016

Custodian Tarnya Inglis

8 August 2016

Water and Soil Monitoring

Process

Water & Soil Monitoring Process

DOCUMENT CONTROL

This manual is controlled in accordance with the Latent Petroleum (‘Latent’) Document Control

System and as such is subject to periodic review. Only controlled copies will be updated and are to

be used as authoritative reference documents. The Executive Assistant is the Custodian of this

document.

Newly issued or revised versions will be forwarded to holders accompanied by a Document

Transmittal note. The Transmittal Note shall be signed, dated and returned to the issuer. The Holder

is responsible to incorporate such changes or additions to the manual.

DISTRIBUTION

Paper Copies

Name Position Company Copy #

Tarnya Inglis Executive Assistant Latent Petroleum 2

Electronic Copies

Name Position Company

Tarnya Inglis Executive Assistant Latent Petroleum

Brett Woods Site Caretaker Latent Petroleum

This document should only be considered current if you are on the distribution list


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................ 4

2 OBJECTIVE ........................................................................................................................................... 4

3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................. 4

4 GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR SAMPLING ................................................................................................ 5

4.1 EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT .................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 SITE CARETAKER ............................................................................................................................................ 5

5 WATER BORE MONITORING ................................................................................................................ 5

5.1 ON PROJECT SITE .......................................................................................................................................... 5

5.2 OFF PROJECT SITE ......................................................................................................................................... 6

5.3 WATER SAMPLING PROCESS ............................................................................................................................ 6

6 SOIL MONITORING – ON PROJECT SITE ONLY ....................................................................................... 6

6.1 PROCEDURE FOR STANDARD SOIL SAMPLING ...................................................................................................... 6

7 SPECIALISED SAMPLING ...................................................................................................................... 6

8 AUDITING OF PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 7

9 RESULTS .............................................................................................................................................. 7

10 DISTRIBUTION ..................................................................................................................................... 7


1 Purpose

The purpose of this document is to detail the monitoring programme for soils and water from the

Warro Joint Venture Project Site. This procedure includes the process for obtaining samples of soil

and water and transportation for analysis. It will detail the system and the procedure.

Should there be any concerns or queries regarding the contents or application of this document they

should be directed to the following:

Executive Assistant

Latent Petroleum

PO Box 1264,

West Perth. WA, 6872

Australia

Telephone: +61(0) 8 6555 6000

Facsimile: +61(0) 8 6555 6099

Email: [email protected]

2 Objective

The objective of this document is to establish a clear, logical, and consistent system for the monitoring

of water and soil in the WJV Project site.

3 Roles and Responsibilities

Latent is the operator of the Warro field, and as such have contracted Mr Brett Woods to provide

caretaking duties of the Warro site (Site Caretaker), the sampling of bores and soil and general

maintenance as required.

During any operations campaign, when access to site is restricted, sampling will take place after

clearance from the Latent Site Supervisor.


4 General Procedure for sampling

4.1 Executive Assistant

1. Orders sample containers from ChemCentre and forward to Site Caretaker.

2. Ensure Site Caretaker has copies of Chain of Custody and Sample Analysis request forms.

4.2 Site Caretaker

Samples should be collected in pre-chilled bottles.

Extreme care should be taken to avoid contamination of the sample container and the water sample.

The sample bottle should be labelled before sampling.

Samplers should not:

Touch the inside of the bottle

Rinse the bottle

Put caps on the ground while sampling

Transport potable water samples with other samples (i.e. effluent or bore samples).

Where possible sampling should be avoided from taps that permit water flow over the other surfaces.

5 Water Bore Monitoring

5.1 On Project Site

Sampling of the water bores will be carried out as listed below. A map of these locations is provided in

Figure 1. Intermittent sampling may be undertaken on an as requested basis. All Results are also

sent to Landowner.

Bore Name Frequency

Ranger’s Bore1 6 monthly (January, July)

Raffan House Bore 6 monthly (January, July)

Holmes Farm Bore 6 monthly (January, July)

Warro-3 Monthly during operations, 6 monthly thereafter.

Warro-5 Bore Monthly during operations, 6 monthly thereafter

Warro-6 Bore Monthly during operations, 6 monthly thereafter

1 The Ranger’s Bore is identified as Onsite due to its proximity to the project even though it falls outside of the leased project area and resides in the Watheroo National Park.


5.2 Off Project Site

A baseline of sampling of six additional local privately owned bores located North, South and West of

the project site was initiated in July 2014 (See Figure 1). These bores will continue to be sampled on

an annual basis. All results are also sent to the relevant landowner for their information.

5.3 Water Sampling Process

Bore to be run for enough time to get a flow of clear water but no less than one minute or three

borehole volumes, whichever is the greater. If the bore smells of “rotten eggs”, this should be noted

on the chain of custody and analysis request forms.

1. Fill three sample bottles for each bore and label. Fill out the Chain of Custody forms

(attached) and ensure it is sent with the samples.

2. Place samples and custody form in esky provided and arrange for shipment to ChemCentre

through the Badgingarra Hardware. Courier charges will be oncharged to Latent Petroleum

with a 10% handling fee.

6 Soil Monitoring – On Project Site Only

Sampling of soils will be required for the following at each drilling site including:

1. Warro-3 Turkeys Nest

2. Warro-3 and 4 Mud Pit/sump and flare pits

3. Warro-5 and 6 Mud pits/sump and flare pits, turkeys nest, refuelling areas, chemical or

hydrocarbon storage.

Prior to the commencement of operations at Warro-5 and 6 and any subsequent wells, soil samples

will be taken before any excavations and preceding the installation of liners.

6.1 Procedure for Standard Soil Sampling

1. Order sample bottles from ChemCentre. There should be enough bottles to collect three

samples from each location being tested.

2. Sampling of soil should only be done when the soil is completely dry.

3. Locations of samples should be in a triangular area of approximately 1m point to point taking

soil from the surface and directly below the test area until the sample bottle is full. Label

bottles, return to the provided foam esky.

4. Fill three sample bottles for each location and label. Fill out the Chain of Custody forms

(attached) and ensure it is sent with the samples.

5. Arrange for shipment to ChemCentre through the Badgingarra Hardware. Courier charges

will be oncharged to Latent Petroleum with a 10% handling fee.

7 Specialised Sampling

At times, specialised sampling may be required at the request of Latent Petroleum. When this occurs,

specific instructions that relate to that sampling will be provided by email to the site caretaker – eg:


dissolved gas methane sampling requires specific containers and to be filled half way. These

instructions will be received from ChemCentre.

8 Auditing of Procedure

The acquisition of water and soil samples should be viewed/audited by an authorised ChemCentre

representative on a tri-annual basis or as required should the responsibility of sampling be changed to

an employee or contractor other than the Site Manager.

9 Results

All results of soils and water analysis are to be emailed to the Executive Assistant and hard copies

posted to:

Latent Petroleum Pty Ltd

PO Box 7209

Cloisters Square WA 6850

After receipt by Latent, analysis reports are to be sent to the Department of Mines & Petroleum via

email to [email protected]. Water analysis results will also be provided to the

Geraldton Office of the Department of Water via email to [email protected].

10 Distribution

It is the responsibility of the originator to ensure that all distributions both hard copy and electronic are

issued.

Any subsequent revision shall be included in the register and issued in the same manner with the

originator being responsible for distribution.


Figure 1 - Water Bore Monitoring Locations

�

�**��+��>��2��/��"*��1��

Approvals Name Signature Date

Originator Mark Jenkins

2 May 2016

Approver Stephen Keenihan

2 May 2016

Custodian Tarnya Inglis

2 May 2016

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment




Latent Petroleum Date Revised: 6 July 2016 Page 2 of 38

WJV-D1-HSE-PL-31 Rev2 Uncontrolled when printed

SPILL RESPONSE ACTIVATION





DOCUMENT CONTROL

This Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) is controlled in accordance with the Latent Petroleum (Latent) Document Control System and, as such, is subject to periodic review. Only controlled copies will be updated and are to be used as authoritative reference documents. The Executive Assistant is the Custodian of this document.

Newly-issued or revised versions will be forwarded to holders accompanied by a Document Transmittal Note. The Transmittal Note shall be signed, dated and returned to the Issuer. The Custodian is responsible for distributing revisions of this OSCP. Distribution may also be electronic and receipt acknowledged by return email.

Disclaimer

This OSCP reflects the best efforts of all contributors to provide the most effective plan for management of an emergency situation within the area of operations for the Project. It is not intended that this OSCP will describe all possible circumstances which may arise in an emergency situation beyond that outlined within this OSCP.

The use of this OSCP does not influence nor diminish the responsibility of the Lead Contractor, individual TPC companies (or their sub-contractors) to conduct their operations in a safe and environmentally-sound manner, having regard to their own duty as responsible service providers in observing and complying with Latent’s requirements and with any applicable statutory requirements.

REVISION DETAILS

Date Revision Comments

11 April 2016 0 Issued for use.

2 May 2016 1 Updated following DMP comments

6 July 2016 2 Updated following DMP comments





DISTRIBUTION

Paper Copies

Name Position Company Copy #

Executive Assistant Latent Petroleum 1

Crisis Control Room Latent Petroleum 2

Electronic Copies

Name Position Company

Managing Director Latent Petroleum

HSE Manager Latent Petroleum

Executive Assistant Latent Petroleum

Site Caretaker Latent Petroleum

Project Manager Latent Petroleum

Issued to role Well Site Manager Latent Petroleum

Issued to role Site Supervisor Smithdrill

Issued to role Site Supervisor Wireline Contractor

Issued to role Petroleum Environment Assessor DMP

This document should only be considered current if you are on the distribution list

ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS & DEFINITIONS

Acronym / Abbreviation / Word Meaning

CMT Latent’s corporate office-based Crisis Management Team

DFES Department of Fire & Emergency Services

DMP Department of Mines and Petroleum (WA)

DPAW Department of Parks and Wildlife (WA)

EP Environment Plan

ERG Lead Contractor’s on-site Emergency Response Group





Acronym / Abbreviation / Word Meaning

ERP Emergency Response Plan

EMT Latent’s Emergency Management Team – Perth office

Initial Responder Anyone who identifies a spill or leak

Lead Contractor Contractor whose HSEMS will be utilised at the Well Site for management of the relevant phase of the Project

MSDS Materials Safety Data Sheet

Latent Latent Petroleum Ltd, Operator of EP321

Project Manager Latent’s office-based representative responsible for operations on site

OSCP Oil Spill Contingency Plan (this document)

PIC

The Well Site Manager is the Latent Representative with overall responsibility for the activities on site and co-ordination between various specialist contractors. When present on site the Well Site Manager performs the role of PIC.

Project The plug and abandonment of Dandaragan-1, EP321 in the Perth Basin.

TPC Third Party Contractor

Well Activities Covers activities on the well

Well Site The area of operations on Dandaragan-1 which includes the equipment on the Well Pad.

Well Site Manager Latent’s site-based operations representative

REFERENCES

Project Documents – Latent Document Number

Health & Safety Policy LPL-HSE-PO-01

Environmental Management Policy LPL-HSE-PO-02

Emergency Contact List

(Project Emergency Contact List) Appendix D

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment Environment Plan

(Project EP) WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29





Emergency Response Plan

(Project ERP) WJV-D1-HSE-PL-33

Legislation Government Dept

Schedule of Onshore Petroleum Exploration & Production Requirements 1991 – Amended 21 May 2010

DMP

Petroleum & Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012

DMP

Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources Act 1967 DMP

Environmental Protection Act 1986 DER





TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 9

1.1 Objective .......................................................................................................... 10

1.2 Scope ............................................................................................................... 10

1.3 Performance Indicators .................................................................................... 10

2.0 Document Control ........................................................................................................... 11

2.1 Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 11

2.2 Interface with Other Documents and Response Plans ..................................... 11

3.0 Project Location .............................................................................................................. 12

4.0 Project Environmental Sensitivities ............................................................................. 14

5.0 Roles & Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 15

5.1.1 Responsibilities ..................................................................................... 15

5.1.2 Training ................................................................................................. 15

5.1.3 Spill Response Drills ............................................................................. 15

6.0 Response Equipment ..................................................................................................... 16

7.0 Spill Classification & Response .................................................................................... 16

7.1 Spill Classifications ........................................................................................... 17

7.1.1 Tier 1 Spills ........................................................................................... 17

7.1.2 Tier 2 Spills ........................................................................................... 18

7.1.3 Tier 3 Spills ........................................................................................... 18

7.2 Spill Response Guidelines................................................................................ 19

7.2.1 Spill Response Activation ..................................................................... 19

7.2.2 Raising the Alarm ................................................................................. 21

7.2.3 Immediate Actions ................................................................................ 21

7.2.4 Muster Assembly Areas ........................................................................ 21

7.2.5 Ending an Emergency .......................................................................... 21

7.3 Communication ................................................................................................ 22

7.4 Health Hazards ................................................................................................. 22

7.5 Spill Recovery .................................................................................................. 23

7.6 Waste Disposal................................................................................................. 23

7.7 Fire Hazard ....................................................................................................... 23

7.8 Liquid Spill ........................................................................................................ 23

8.0 SPILL PREVENTION ....................................................................................................... 25

8.1 Refuelling ......................................................................................................... 25





8.2 Well Blowout ..................................................................................................... 25

8.3 Oil Drum Leaks ................................................................................................. 25

8.4 Chemicals Storage ........................................................................................... 25

9.0 REPORTING ..................................................................................................................... 26

9.1 Internal Reporting ............................................................................................. 26

9.2 Routine External Reporting .............................................................................. 26

9.3 Incident Reporting ............................................................................................ 26

9.3.1 DMP Resources Safety ........................................................................ 26

9.3.2 DMP Petroleum Division ....................................................................... 27

9.3.3 DMP Petroleum Environment Branch ................................................... 27

9.3.4 Department of Environment Regulation (DER) .................................... 28

9.3.5 Department of Parks & Wildlife (DPAW) .............................................. 28

9.3.6 Summary of External Reports .............................................................. 28

TABLE OF FIGURES

Figure 1 - Dandaragan-1 Aerial Location Map ......................................................... 12 Figure 2 - Dandaragan-1 Well Pad Aerial View ........................................................ 13 Figure 3 - Dandaragan-1 Well Information ............................................................... 13 Figure 4 - Emergency Response Organisation Structure ......................................... 17 Figure 5 - Spill Response Activation......................................................................... 20

TABLE OF APPENDICES

Appendix A. OSCP Roles & Responsibilities .................................................................. 31

Appendix B. Potential Spill Scenarios & Incident Response Guidelines ..................... 33

Appendix C. Common Spill Recovery Scenarios & Clean-up Methods........................ 35

Appendix D. Emergency Contact List .............................................................................. 36





1.0 OVERVIEW

Latent Petroleum Ltd is the designated Operator of EP321 and Dandaragan-1 on behalf of the Warro Joint Venture. The current project of plugging and abandoning Dandaragan-1 will be undertaken in EP321 on freehold land in the Shire of Dandaragan. See Section 3.0 for information on the Project location.

Latent has overall accountability for containing the extent of any spill incident and for managing the recovery from a spill incident during all operational activities conducted on the Project.

This Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) outlines how Project personnel (Latent, Lead Contractor and Third Party Contractor (TPCs)) will respond to any spill incident at the Well Site in a manner that will minimise the impact of the incident on the environment, ensure the safety of all Project personnel and minimise damage to property.

This OSCP addresses the management measures associated with all spills - including but not limited to diesel fuel, cement and chemicals (bulk and liquid) resulting from:

malfunction in equipment;

leak/breach from containment bunding;

leak/breach from storage vessels;

overflow of tanks;

accidental spillage during handling or transport of containers;

burst hoses; and

human error.

This OSCP should be read and implemented in conjunction with the Project ERP which defines the overall emergency management process in place during the Project activities; and the Project EP which provides details on the Project’s relationship with the environmental sensitivities in the area and how identified risks will be managed.

This OSCP must also be read in conjunction with the Department of Fire and Emergency Services’ (DFES) State Emergency Management Plan for Hazardous Materials Emergencies (WestPlan - HAZMAT) which can be downloaded from the State Emergency Management Committee’s (SEMC) website (semc.wa.gov.au).

Minor spillage accidents, which are within the capability of those on the Well Site to combat, contain, clean up and dispose of properly, will be managed in accordance with the onsite Lead Contractor’s procedures in their HSE Management System. If emergency services are to be called upon, they would operate according to the provisions of the Western Australian Hazardous Materials Emergency Plan.

Emergency services will be activated if one or more of the following situations occur:

hazardous materials have spread, or have the potential to spread, beyond the boundary of the Well Site;

the response equipment is not adequate to deal with the situation;

personnel are not experienced in dealing with emergency event;

personnel and the public are or could be potentially placed at risk; and

hazardous materials, such as mud chemicals, diesel or completion brine have spread, or have the potential to spread, due to a road accident.





1.1 Objective

The objective of this OSCP is to provide guidance to ensure a rapid and effective response without threatening the safety of personnel in order to combat and minimise the effect of any spill incident that may occur at the Well Site, by:

reduce risk to people, property and the environment;

minimising the volume of any spill;

containing the spill as quickly as possible;

cleaning up the spill;

remediating the affected area;

minimising the potential for groundwater and surface water contamination or risk to public health; and

ensuring any unplanned release or discharge is captured, and controlled in an acceptable manner and does not impact any environmental values off-site.

1.2 Scope

This OSCP provides guidance on how to respond to a spill at the Well Site.

Spills arising during the transportation of equipment and materials to and from the Well Site will be captured under the respective transport providers’ OSCPs.

1.3 Performance Indicators

No incidents of hazardous material spillage.

Satisfactory hazardous material management audit results.

Adherence to management strategies and procedures.

No complaints lodged with the EPA or local Shire.





2.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL

The Project Manager is responsible for ensuring the adequacy of this document. This is primarily done though oil spill response exercises and drills.

2.1 Maintenance

This OSCP will be reviewed when there is a significant change in the operations that are covered by this OSCP. If applicable, the OSCP will be modified as a result of changes to the operation-specific ERPs.

The Project Manager is responsible for the maintenance of this Document.

2.2 Interface with Other Documents and Response Plans

This OSCP is part of the Latent HSE management documentation for the Dandaragan-1 Plug and Abandonment operations. Other relevant Latent documents include:

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment Emergency Response Plan (Project ERP) (WJV-D1-HSE-PL-33)

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment Environment Plan (Project EP) (WJV-D1-HSE-PL-29)

Dandaragan-1 Emergency Contact List (Project Emergency Contact List) (Appendix D)

Dandaragan-1 Plug & Abandonment Safety Management Plan (Project Safety Management Plan) (WJV-D1-HSE-PL-32)

HSE Management System Document (LPL-HSE-PL-01)

Environmental Procedure 12.0 – Waste Management

Environmental Procedure 13.0 – Chemical & Hydrocarbon Management

SMP / Bridging Documents, ERPs and OSCPs for Lead Contractor

These documents outline the emergency response procedures and responsibilities, and the environmental management procedures, including the disposal of hydrocarbons.





3.0 PROJECT LOCATION

The well is located on freehold farm land (Lot 1865) approximately 1.5km north of

Dandaragan Road and 4.75km east of Muthawandery Road, Dandaragan. Access to the

site is via a farm track. See Aerial image of well location below:

Figure 1 - Dandaragan-1 Aerial Location Map





Figure 2 - Dandaragan-1 Well Pad Aerial View

The well information from the well completion report is set out below:

Exploration Permit EP321

Location from WCR: 115°48'26.7"E 30°35'51.6"S

Location corrected with Datum Shift 115°48'31.872"E 30°35'46.956"S

Elevation RT 270m above mean sea level GL 267m above mean sea level

Total Depth 1103m (Driller – uncorrected for pipe stretch) 1088.3m Bridged (Wireline logs)

Date Spudded 22 August 1995 Figure 3 - Dandaragan-1 Well Information





4.0 PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITIES

There are no surface drainage lines or water bodies within or in the vicinity of the Project. The

closest significant bodies of water in the region are:

Kooljarloo Lake – 13 km northwest of the Project Lake Eganu – 13.5 km southeast of the Project Pinjarrega Lake – 15.7 km southeast of the Project.

The closest potential GDE’s relative to the Project, are Kolburn Well (4.4 km southeast) Muthanwandery Spring (8.2 km northwest). Bunyanocca Spring (8.5 km southwest). Dandaragan Spring (13 km west).

No impacts to these sites are anticipated.

The project area is located within the Hill River sub-catchment. The watercourses in the Hill River catchment flow predominantly in an east-west direction from the upland areas in the eastern part of the West Midlands.

The nearest declared conservation area to Dandargan-1 is the Jam Hill Nature Reserve

which is located 9.4 km south of Dandaragan-1.

As the Dandaragan-1 site is located on cleared agricultural land, there is no native fauna

habitat on the well site.

A Level 1 fauna assessment of the surrounding areas of native vegetation was undertaken

by MB Contracting in Spring 2015. The survey recorded evidence of:

Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo – suitable breeding trees identified adjacent to the sedge wetland (~5km east of Project).

Rainbow Bee-eater – identified in sandy soils.

Dandaragan-1 is located on cleared agricultural land with the vegetation comprising

agricultural (pasture) and ‘weed’ species along with isolated native plants present in the

immediate surrounds.

Latent commissioned a vegetation survey of the native vegetation in the local area in 2015.

The survey was undertaken by local flora expert Don Williams and no Priority flora were

recorded in the vicinity of Dandaragan-1 during the survey (Don Williams & Son, in prep).





5.0 ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1.1 Responsibilities

Where a spill has occurred, personnel will respond as required to achieve the key objectives stated in Section 1.1 and as per the guidance provided in Appendix A – OSCP Roles & Responsibilities specific to each key role. Further detailed descriptions are found in the Project ERP and each Lead Contractor’s management system.

5.1.2 Training

Site personnel are trained appropriately in spill response procedures specific to their work area. There are a number of personnel who are available to respond to a spill event. The following list is indicative of the personnel who would be trained or familiar through familiarisations and exercise drills in spill response:


Plug and Abandonment Crew

Well Site Manager

Any formal training for a specific role / individual will be as per the Training Matrix for that contractor and will be supplemented through participation in emergency exercises and drills. Such formal training may include Fire Fighting, Gas Detection, and / or Certificate II or IV in Drilling Oil and Gas (onshore) which includes modules on emergency response.

5.1.3 Spill Response Drills

Training drills will include at least one of the following scenarios to test the arrangements in place for this OSCP and spill response:

Hydrocarbon / diesel fuel spill

Chemical/hazardous material spill

Once a training drill has been completed any areas of improvement or resultant actions are logged and tracked to closure in the Corrective Action Request database.





6.0 RESPONSE EQUIPMENT

Spill kits will be provided at strategic locations at the Well Site to control and contain the extent of any contamination.

Personnel will be trained in the use of spill kits.

If a liquid spill occurs outside containment bunding - or has the potential to flow outside the bunding - earthmoving equipment will be used if required to construct earthen bunds to contain the extent of the flow. Equipment used in the site preparation (e.g. dozer) will be readily available to construct these bunds if required.

The Well Site Manager or his delegate will inspect the site on a daily basis which will include checking that spill kits are available at designated locations.

Spill equipment requirements are outlined in Table 2. The list presented outlines the equipment likely to be required, but is not limited to it.

Following any spill incident, spill kits will be checked and replenished as required.

Table 2. Spill Response Equipment

General Equipment at Site **Equipment at call-out

2 x Shovels

2 x Rakes

2 x Buckets

2 x Brushes

2 x 45 gallon drums

4 x star pickets and 50m red ribbon

1 x No-Smoking signs

Heavy equipment:

Front end loader with bucket

Bulldozer

Back-hoe

Trucks

Pumps

Vacuum recovery unit or tanker

1 x Chemical Spill Kits, each with 1 x General Spill Kits, each with

1 x 240L Wheelie bin (0119 5872)

3 x 3M™ C-FL550DD Chemical folded sorbent rolls (0082 7594)

12 x 3M™ P200 Chemical sorbent mini-booms (0260 3755)

5 x Yellow 'contaminated waste' bags (0120 6293)

2 x 3M™ 4277 Disposable half face respirator (0082 7781)

2 x Pair solvent & oil resistant gloves (0403 8056)

2 x 3M™ Fahrenheit goggles (0105 5946)

1 x 240L Wheelie bin (0119 5872)

50 x 3M™ M-PD1520DD General purpose sorbent pads (0685 6345)

3 x 3M™ M-MB308 General purpose sorbent booms (0685 6362)

2 x 3M™ M-FL550DD General purpose folded sorbent (0065 1406)

1 x 3M™ FLS-10 Floorsweep 10kg (0065 4967)

5 x Yellow 'contaminated waste' bags (0120 6293)

2 x Pair solvent and oil resistant gloves (0403 8056)

1 x 3M™ 4510 Protective coveralls

**Contracts for provision of such equipment have been put in place with both Lenane Holdings and Ashley Whybrow who are recurring contractors in Badgingarra. Contacts in Appendix D including mobiles for 24 hr call-out.

7.0 SPILL CLASSIFICATION & RESPONSE

Spills are considered to be a subset of emergency incidents, and therefore will be managed by Latent based on the spill severity / classification and the emergency response process provided in the Project ERP.





Spill classifications are defined below for assistance in quantifying spill severity and the subsequent appropriate level of response.

Activation of the EMT / CMT and relevant roles and responsibilities through an emergency response - including spill response – is detailed in the Project ERP.

Refer to Figure 4 for outline of the Emergency Response Organisation Structure.

Figure 4 - Emergency Response Organisation Structure

7.1 Spill Classifications

7.1.1 Tier 1 Spills

Tier 1 spills are those where:

the response can be managed by on-site personnel and resources;

little or no external assistance for control or remediation is required;

have little potential to escalate to a Tier 2 emergency;

if required, Latent’s Project Manager may contact an external contractor for assistance;

the spill can be remediated prior to Project completion;

the incident is not likely to trigger activation of the Emergency Management Team (EMT).

Latent EMT Leader (Project Manager)

Latent CMT Leader (Managing Director)

Logistics Support

Lead Contractor Operations Manager

Admin Support

HSE Support

Technical Support

Specialist External Support: - Environmental

- Media Relations - Trauma Support

Lead Contractor EMT

Government Agencies and

Regulatory Authorities

Site Supervisor

Site ERG

External Contractors

Wellsite Manager

Latent Emergency Management Team

Site Emergency Response Group

OFFICE&

WELL&SITE&

Latent Crisis Management Team

CMT Members

Emergency Services

(if required)





It is the responsibility of the on-site PIC to determine whether a spill is classed as a Tier 1 or Tier 2 / 3 incident. If there is a doubt then assume a higher level. For Tier 1 spills the on-site Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor will take charge of the incident response.

An example of a Tier 1 Spill would be small volume hydrocarbon or chemical spill which can be cleaned up immediately by onsite personnel, the environmental impacts would be minor with no residual impact after clean up. A Tier 1 event is unlikely to have any impact on environmentally sensitive areas. Tier-1 spills are not necessarily exempt from statutory reporting – refer Section 9.0 for reporting requirements. All Tier-1 spills must be immediately reported via the Latent Well Site Manager to the Latent Project Manager. All spills shall be recorded by Latent.

7.1.2 Tier 2 Spills

Tier 2 spills are those where:

the spill response may be beyond the control capability of available on-site personnel and resources and requires external assistance (eg. mobilisation of external contractors);

the incident will trigger activation of Latent’s EMT;

external incident management assistance is potentially required from DFES, with the WestPlan-HAZMAT for the response to spills of non-oil chemicals implemented;

there is a risk of “material harm to the environment” as defined in Section 147 of the Protection of the Environmental Operations Act 1997, thus reporting to State regulatory authorities (DMP and DER) is required;

the EMT is required to contact and liaise with external contractors for assistance; or

there is a potential requirement for a long-term remediation plan.

In the event that a Tier-2 / 3 spill is declared, the Well Site Manager will immediately contact the Project Manager.

The Well Site Manager or designated alternative will take charge of the onsite spill incident response IF it is a Tier-2 / 3 spill and external resources are required.

The Project Manager will then call out the Perth-based EMT (as required). The EMT will mobilize in the Emergency Response Room in the Latent office. The EMT Leader will also contact the Latent Managing Director (CMT Leader) to advise of the incident. They will review the incident and assess whether a crisis situation has developed or may develop and initiate call-out of the CMT if required.

7.1.3 Tier 3 Spills

A Tier-2 spill may be re-classified to a Tier-3 spill if the incident has the potential to:

attract major national local, national and/or international media coverage;

cause major impact on commercial considerations of Latent; and

likely to have impacted Environmentally Sensitive Areas.

For a Tier-2 or Tier-3 incident, some level of crisis management will be required. The extent of CMT call-out will increase with the severity of the incident in accordance with the Crisis Management Plan. An example of a Tier-3 spill incident is one which would require external support to manage the spill response. A Tier 3 event could be a fuel tanker roll-over. A Tier 3 event is likely to have impact on environmentally sensitive areas such as Nature Reserves or





water bodies. The Latent CMT Leader will activate the CMT in accordance with the Crisis Management Plan.

7.2 Spill Response Guidelines

In the event of a hydrocarbon or chemical spill, the following spill response hierarchy will be followed:

ensure own and others’ safety;

undertake spill and site assessments;

take control of the spill, and ensure the source is isolated;

identify spilt materials, and contain them according to recommended methods;

coordinate the clean-up, and begin site remediation; and

manage on-going remediation and subsequent rehabilitation in accordance with the Project EP – this includes collection and analysis of post activity soil and water samples to compare with baseline levels in accordance in line with the Warro ‘Water and Soil Monitoring Process’ (refer Project EP – Appendix 5). The remediation and monitoring programme for spills will be commensurate with the size and nature of the spill and will be submitted to the DMP for reportable incidents.

7.2.1 Spill Response Activation

Every environmental incident on site must be reported to the Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor as soon as is practically feasible no matter how insignificant the incident may appear initially. They are required to contact the Well Site Manager who will liaise with the Operations Superintendent.

Throughout the incident, the PIC will continue to assess the severity of the emergency and will adapt the spill response management accordingly. The spill response process will proceed as per the Spill Response Flowchart shown in Figure 4 with roles and responsibilities undertaken as per the guidelines provided in the Project ERP and Appendix A of this document.

Some spill scenarios and associated incident response guidelines are listed in Appendix B.





Figure 5 - Spill Response Activation





7.2.2 Raising the Alarm

The initial responder to the spill will activate the site alarm process if a spill is active. If possible, while ensuring their own and others’ safety, the observer may attempt to isolate the spill and any possible ignition sources if it is safe to do so. Emergency shutdown (ESD) buttons available at site(s) may be activated by anyone witnessing an incident that is process-related or liable to escalate if the situation continues.

7.2.3 Immediate Actions

IF the Emergency Alarm is activated, the following actions will be carried out by all personnel on site:

Immediately stop work;

Make individual work places safe;

Shut down all possible sources of ignition;

Evacuate quickly and orderly to the primary muster point. When proceeding along emergency egress routes, personnel will:

Walk up-wind of the incident (wind-socks located in a central position will indicate the wind direction); and

Never walk through a suspect gas release/cloud (a source of explosion and may cause asphyxiation).

Wait for a muster count and for further instructions.

7.2.4 Muster Assembly Areas

Primary muster point will be located at the entrance gate to the property and can be reached unimpeded during an emergency. In all instances, personnel shall become familiar with the safest route from their work area to the designated assembly area, avoiding proximity to the rig, ancillary equipment and using access roads (on foot), where possible. All persons shall remain at the designated muster area until further instructions or the ALL-CLEAR is given.

7.2.5 Ending an Emergency

The PIC will declare the emergency ended when:

the Well Site has been returned to a safe condition;

all personnel have been accounted for;

injured personnel have been stabilised and /or evacuated;

the spill has been contained and the spill response is being managed under a “normal operations” regime.

The Latent EMTL is responsible for declaring an end to a Latent-managed emergency (Tier 2 or 3) once:

the PIC has advised that the Well Site has been returned to a safe condition;

notification has been received from the PIC that all personnel have been accounted for;

injured personnel have been stabilised and/or evacuated; and

confirmation has been received that all relevant authorities and support organisations have been advised the emergency is over.





On standing down from an emergency, the EMT is to consider the following issues:

on-going resources for incident control and recovery, if required;

final information release and/or notification to some, or all, of the following:

– Site’s ERG and Latent EMT;

– emergency services;

– employees (on- and off-duty);

– regulatory authorities;

– employees’ families and friends;

– local community and pressure groups;

– neighbours and third parties;

– suppliers and contractors;

– environmental agencies;

– media; and

– mutual aid

debriefing all personnel (including people currently relieved or stood down);

closing down additional security arrangements;

finalising additional catering and other services;

counselling for those involved in the incident, if required;

compiling and filing all documents relating to the response;

arranging for a full incident investigation and analysis;

approving or commenting on the incident debriefing reports and recommended actions;

carrying out a follow-up review to ascertain the effectiveness of:

– incident call-out;

– overall emergency response;

– interface with emergency services; and

– Site’s ERG functions

recommending revisions to ERPs and OSCP’s if required.

7.3 Communication

During an emergency, all communication shall either be by site radio or satellite phone.

7.4 Health Hazards

The welfare of all personnel attending the spill will be afforded the highest priority.

Some light oils and condensates evaporate quickly; hence, a risk may exist of personnel inhaling hydrocarbon vapour. All persons should keep clear of gaseous areas until they are confirmed safe for entry. Personnel assisting with control or monitoring of the spill will be instructed not to allow any smoking and they must stay upwind of the spill.





Protective clothing must be provided to anyone who will be required to come into prolonged contact with oil during any clean-up operations. If physical contact with the oil has occurred, the oil should be washed off as soon as possible. Eye wash stations or emergency shower are to be provided on the Well Site.

7.5 Spill Recovery

The control, containment and clean-up of spills and the effective clean-up of the affected area will begin as soon as practicable.

In any incident where hydrocarbons / oil is spilled, safety is the prime consideration, and all appropriate safety measures must be taken.

The recovery actions for the most relevant spill recovery scenarios are detailed in Appendix C: Common Spill Recovery Scenarios & Clean-up Methods.

Mobile spill kits will be positioned at specific sites around the Well Site so the control, containment and effective clean-up of spilt hydrocarbons in the affected area can begin as soon as practicable.

The DER can advise on the appropriate disposal of hazardous substances, and the contact details of a number of external contractors who may provide assistance during site clean-up are provided in Appendix D.

7.6 Waste Disposal

Waste must be disposed of in accordance with the Project EP.

During a spill clean-up, the disposal of waste material must not pose any threat to the environment.

Hazardous waste shall be placed in appropriately-labelled receptacles and removed off site for disposal by a licensed contractor at a licensed facility in accordance with the Landfill Waste Classification and Waste Definitions 1996 (as amended) (DEC 2009).

7.7 Fire Hazard

While an uncontrolled release of hydrocarbons is considered highly unlikely, due to the volatility of fuels, light crude oils and condensates, a significant risk of fire and explosion may exist. With dead oil, the fire risk is still high due to ignition from an external source (e.g. bush fire).

All precautions must be taken to prevent the introduction of any source of ignition. The extent of the hazardous area will depend on the size of the spill, the air temperature and prevailing wind speed.

7.8 Liquid Spill

The Well Site is located on a level location in open cleared agricultural land with no nearby dwellings, wetlands, or sources for drinking water.

On the Dandaragan site the static water table is approximately 90 to 100m below ground level so there is a significant thickness of strata between any surface spill and it potentially entering an aquifer.

Therefore in the event of a “large” spill (i.e. rupture of fuel diesel tank), the spill would result in a limited area and volume of soil contamination. Such an event would be identified almost instantaneously and response actions initiated so seepage into the ground could only occur over a very short timeframe, further reducing the likelihood that any water source could be adversely impacted.





In terms of spill response Latent would mobilise the appropriate equipment and implement the following:

Control the spill at the source, ie seek to stem the leak at the point of rupture.

Contain the spill to reduce the migration of the hydrocarbon product off site, ie through construction of an earthen bund.

Clean up the impacted material for disposal to a licenced facility in accordance with a licensed contractor to a licensed facility in accordance with Landfill Waste Classification and Waste Definitions 1996 (as amended) (DEC 2009)

Additional monitoring may be undertaken to assess impacts and identify further opportunities for contaminant recovery.





8.0 SPILL PREVENTION

Spill prevention should be uppermost in the minds of all personnel. This section details potential spill sources and prevention methods for potential sources of a spill.

Table 3 Summary of potential spill sources

Activity Spill SourceMobilization / Demobilization activities Diesel fuel

Oils and Greases

Plug & Abandonment Cement

Diesel fuel

Chemicals (bulk and liquid)

Oils and Greases

8.1 Refuelling

All hydrocarbon storage and handling will be in accordance with AS 1940:2004.

A vehicle mounted diesel tank will be utilised for refuelling ancillary equipment during site operations. A drip tray will be used during all refuelling operations at the site.

Spill kits will be located around the site.

8.2 Well Blowout

Given that Dandaragan-1 has been shut in since 1995 with a zero well pressure, the risks of a well blow-out are not considered credible. However operations will be undertaken in accordance with the approved Well Management Plan.

In the event of an uncontrolled well blowout scenario external specialist support will be required – provided by Alert Disaster Control (Oceania).

8.3 Oil Drum Leaks

Drip pans shall be used to collect small spills from drum valves. Drums are to be free from leaks and in good repair. All valves are to be kept tightly closed except when removing oil.

Punctured drums should be placed such that product flow is controlled. Oil from leaking drums will be transferred into another container.

8.4 Chemicals Storage

Any hazardous chemicals that are required will be stored in designated bunded areas.

The most likely cause of a spill of such chemicals is from damage during handling or movement of the containers or pallets. Only approved and trained personnel will operate forklifts on site which will minimise the risk of damage to containers.

Daily site inspections will be performed and any spill will be identified in a short timeframe with little chance the small potential volumes of chemical spills will be able to seep into the topsoil. Any spills will be cleaned up with the contaminated topsoil stored in designated waste bins and subsequently removed offsite to a suitably licensed facility.





9.0 REPORTING

9.1 Internal Reporting

All personnel on site will be required to report all incidents or near-misses to the Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor.. The Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that all reported incidents and near-misses are promptly reported to the Well Site Manager, investigated and that appropriate corrective actions have been completed.

The Well Site Manager will ensure that all environmental incidents are reported in the Daily Report.

Latent will use the Latent Incident Report Form to record and track incidents or near-misses. .

9.2 Routine External Reporting

Relevant reports will be made to the DMP and the Department of Water as required by statute or conditions imposed on approval documents.

9.3 Incident Reporting

Onshore petroleum activities are regulated through the Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources Act 1967 which are administered by the Department of Mines & Petroleum (DMP).

9.3.1 DMP Resources Safety

In accordance with Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012 and the Guidelines for the Preparation and Submission of an Environment Plan, the DMP will be notified of reportable events within the required timeframes by the Project Manager.

Reportable events are defined as:

an accident where a person is seriously injured or killed, incapacitated for one or more days, or contracts a disease; or

a dangerous occurrence that resulted in, or could have potentially resulted in:

– a fire or explosion;

– an uncontrolled release of hydrocarbon or geothermal fluid or vapour;

– damage to safety-critical equipment; or

– enacting the emergency response plan.

Accident and incident sites are not to be interfered with or disturbed until permitted by Resources Safety.

All accidents and dangerous occurrences requiring immediate notification must be reported as follows by the Project Manager:

1. Notify the following at the DMP’s Resources Safety Division as soon as possible after

the incident by phone and email:

Office Hours (08.30 to 16.30): 9358 8010

After hours, on the following numbers in this order:

– 0437 973 672

– 0439 964 143





– 0437 972 947

– 0437 970 014

Email written notification to [email protected]

2. Complete and submit the electronic Petroleum Occurrence Report Form within three

days of the incident occurring to [email protected].

9.3.2 DMP Petroleum Division

For reporting significant matters related to well integrity:

1. Phone the Well Compliance Duty Officer on 0427 479 615.

2. Where there is a legislative requirement for rapid submission of a brief follow-up written

report, direct it to the Executive Director Petroleum Division at

[email protected].

9.3.3 DMP Petroleum Environment Branch

In compliance with Clause 290 (Reporting Escape or Ignition of Petroleum or Other Material) of the Schedule of Onshore Petroleum Exploration and Production Requirements 1991, the Project Manager is responsible for reporting the following Reportable environmental events to the DMP’s Petroleum Environment Branch:

spill of hydrocarbon in inland waters of >80L;

spill of hydrocarbon in other areas of >500L;

significant quantity of petroleum in gaseous form of >500m3;

an uncontrolled escape or ignition of petroleum or other flammable or combustible material causing a potentially hazardous situation;

significant spillage of geofluids in excess of 500L;

spillage of hydrocarbons or other material that affects a ground surface area of >100m2; and

any unplanned event identified as having a ‘moderate or more serious than moderate’ consequence level during the environmental risk assessment process – refer Project EP

If any of the above reportable environmental events occur, the Project Manager is to report them as follows:

1. Phone the DMP’s Petroleum Environment Duty Officer on 0419 960 621 (24 hours)

within two hours of the incident occurring or the Company becoming aware of the

incident.

2. Complete and electronically submit an Environmental Incident Report Form to

[email protected] no later than three days after the initial incident

or awareness of the incident.





9.3.4 Department of Environment Regulation (DER)

Under Section 72 of the Environmental Protection Act 1986, following the event of a waste discharge or pollutant spill which has caused, or is likely to cause, harm to the environment, a report must be submitted promptly to the DER.

The Waste Discharge or Pollutant Spill Reporting Guide can be downloaded from the DER website (der.wa.gov.au).

Preliminary notification of the discharge is to be made as soon as practicable to the Pollution Watch Hotline between the hours of 8:30 am and 5:00 pm on weekdays (1300 784 782) to ensure immediate action can be taken by the DER. Outside these hours, either leave a message about the pollution issue and an officer will contact you the next working day, or, if the emergency requires immediate response, you can speak to an operator. If the significance of the discharge is difficult to determine, the DER recommends that it is notified as a precautionary measure.

A written notice of the incident is to be sent to the CEO using the Section 72 Waste Discharge Notification Form (Section 72 Notification) (downloadable from the DER website) with the following prescribed details as soon as practicable:

the time and the address of the premises on or from which the discharge occurred, and a map of the premises showing the location of the discharge;

if the discharge of the waste was a result of the operation of equipment or otherwise, the name of the person operating the equipment or otherwise responsible for the discharge of the waste;

the composition of the waste;

the quantity of the waste discharged;

whether or not the discharge caused pollution and, if so, the nature and extent of the pollution;

the action taken by the occupier of the premises to minimise the effect on the environment from the discharge of waste; and

whether or not the waste involved in the discharge has been removed, dispersed, destroyed, disposed of or otherwise dealt with, and if so, the manner in which the waste was removed, dispersed, destroyed, disposed of or otherwise dealt with.

9.3.5 Department of Parks & Wildlife (DPAW)

In the event that local fauna has been affected by a spill (either injury or death), the DPAW’s 24-hour WildCare Helpline (08 9474 9055) must be consulted for advice on the management of the affected fauna.

9.3.6 Summary of External Reports

The following table summarises the regulatory reporting requirements for hydrocarbon and hazardous materials’ spills.





Table 4:

Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Hydrocarbon or Hazardous Materials Spills

Legislation Regulations & Schedules

Incident Reporting Requirements

Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources Act 1967

Petroleum and Geothermal Energy Resources (Environment) Regulations 2012

Regulations 28 and 29:

Reportable incident reporting: Reportable incidents are required to be reported to DMP within 2 hours and a written report within 3 days.

Regulation 30:

Recordable incident reporting: A record of all recordable incidents that occurred during the calendar month to be submitted to DMP not later than 15 days after the end of that calendar month.

Note:

Reportable incidents include any unplanned event identified in the EP as having a ‘moderate or more serious than moderate’ consequence level during the environmental risk assessment process

Schedule of Onshore Petroleum and Production Requirements – 1991 (amended 2010).

Clause 290 (1)(a) and (1)(b)

Report shall be made forthwith (2 hours) upon the occurrence of:

- Spill of hydrocarbon in inland waters > 80L;

- Spill in hydrocarbon in other areas > 500L;

- Significant quantity of petroleum in gaseous form > 500m3; and

- Uncontrolled escape or ignition of petroleum or other flammable or combustible material causing a potentially hazardous situation.

Reportable Incidents –Additional Reporting Requirements. (Guidelines for the Preparation and Submission of an Environment Plan)

Under 3.9.2.3. the following additional reporting requirements are outlined:

a) Spills of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials in excess of 80 L to the sea or inland waters;

b) Spills of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials in excess of 500L in other areas;

c) Spills of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials that affect a ground surface area greater than 100m2;

d) An unplanned gaseous release >500m3;

e) Death or injury of individual(s) from a Listed Species during an activity; and





Legislation Regulations & Schedules

Incident Reporting Requirements

f) Unplanned impact caused to a matter of national environmental significance (NES) during an activity (as per the EPBC Act).

Significant quantity of petroleum in gaseous form > 500m3; and

Uncontrolled escape or ignition of petroleum or other flammable or combustible material causing a potentially hazardous situation.

Environmental Protection Act 1986

Clause 72(1) of the Environmental Protection Act 1986

In accordance with Clause 72(1) of the Environmental Protection Act 1986, a notification will be issued to DER or DPAW as soon as practicable following:

• Any uncontrolled release of hydrocarbon to the environment outside approved operating conditions;

• A spill or release of hydrocarbons or other materials that has caused or is likely to cause pollution; or

• As a result of an emergency, accident or malfunction.





APPENDIX A. OSCP ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

This section must be read in conjunction with roles detailed in the Project ERP which allocates specific response tasks to emergency response positions.

The following table summarises key responsibilities for personnel and response teams involved in a spill incident response.

Roles Responsibilities

Initial Responder

Conduct initial visual assessment

If safe to do so, attempt to stop the spill

Report immediately to Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor


Ensures all emergency equipment is maintained and accessible in the event of an emergency

Inform the Well Site Manager

Determines spill Tier in conjunction with the Well Site Manager

IF Tier 1 takes charge of on site response

Coordinate safety, control, containment and clean-up by Lead Contractor’s ERG

Implement the OSCP

Inform the Well Site Manager immediately

Investigate and report all incidents as required

Well Site Manager Assist the Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor with the implementation of the OSCP – assess spill severity and response, resources required

Take charge of the onsite spill incident response IF it is a Tier 2 / 3 spill and external resources are required

Coordinate external resources on site – if required

Provide an on-site interface between any TPCs and the Lead Contractor’s ERG

Investigate and report all incidents as required

Contact and liaise with emergency services and external contractors as directed, if required

Notify and liaise with the Project Manager, ensure appropriate emergency response resources are identified and allocated





Roles Responsibilities

Project Manager (EMTL) Ensures appropriate emergency response resources for the Project are identified and allocated – both in planning / preparation phase and during incident response.

Liaise with Well Site Manager

Activate Latent’s EMT if required

Liaise with Latent’s Managing Director

Manage the interface between Latent, emergency services and external contractors

Initiate regulatory reporting with State Government agencies

Investigate Tier 2 / 3 incidents

Latent’s Managing Director (CMTL)

Assist in the execution of this OSCP

Activates Latent CMT if required

Respond to outside enquiries (particularly from the media, community stakeholders, or relatives of any injured personnel)

Investigate Tier 2 / 3 incidents





APPENDIX B. POTENTIAL SPILL SCENARIOS & INCIDENT RESPONSE GUIDELINES

Below are example scenarios as a guideline to potential credible scenarios and the spill

response. The key is that all spills are reported and assessed on site and where required

response is escalated and outside assistance and resources are called in.

Potential Spill Source Incident Response Guidelines

Vehicle Refuelling Failure

Potential Spill Volume:

< 100 L

Tier 1 Spill

Tier 1 - small spill of an estimated volume less than 100 L which can readily be controlled or contained and removed or cleaned up by onsite personnel.

Ensure own safety

Stop spillage (turn off valve, etc).

Ensure immediate safety of others

Isolate potential ignition sources

Barricade off the area

Contain spill and apply absorbents (pads, sawdust, straw, sand, mats)

Remove soiled absorbents and contaminated top soil. Store in prescribed waste disposal bin

Check Operations Procedures to prevent a similar accident recurring

Report spill to Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor who informs Well Site Manager

A Tier 1 spill is to be controlled and cleared by the Lead Contractor’s personnel

Follow the Project EP commitments to dispose of the contaminated soil off-site

Complete internal report





Potential Spill Source Incident Response Guidelines

Chemical Storage

Container Damaged / Leaking

Potential Spill Volume

< 100 L

Surface area affected

< 10m2

Tier 1 Spill

Tier 1 - small scale limited spill of chemicals - liquid or solids material - used at Well Site in connection with well activities

Ensure own safety

Ensure immediate safety of others

Barricade off the area

Review MSDS for the materials and any specific handling, PPE and storage requirements

Contain spill and apply absorbents if liquid (pads, sawdust, straw, sand, mats)

Remove soiled absorbents and contaminated topsoil. Store in prescribed waste disposal bin

Check Operations Procedures to prevent a similar accident recurring

Report spill to Lead Contractor’s Site Supervisor who informs Well Site Manager

A Tier 1 spill is to be controlled and cleared by the Lead Contractor’s personnel

Follow the Project EP commitments to dispose of the contaminated soil off-site in suitably licensed facilities

Complete internal report





APPENDIX C. COMMON SPILL RECOVERY SCENARIOS & CLEAN-UP METHODS

Type of Recoverable Product Containment Methods / Actions

Free-flowing materials (from storage container)

Transfer product into drums or mobile oil tank

Transport to disposal facility if not able to re-use

Materials collecting on ground surface

Spread absorbent material on affected ground surface

Remove and re-apply absorbent material regularly until ground absorbance ceases

Remove all clean-up materials to a central location for later disposal

Remove affected soils from spill site and dispose of accordingly at appropriately licensed facilities

Contaminated soils All soils contaminated by hydrocarbons will be completely removed from the area

Excavation may involve manual and/or mechanical process.

Remove affected soils from the spill and place in area ready for disposal

Contaminated soils must be kept away from drainage systems

Prior to disposal, sample the contaminated soil for appropriate disposal location

Sample the soil beneath the contaminated area to determine that all contaminated soils have been removed

Water course or ground water impact

Source of contamination will be isolated and spill response equipment in place to minimise impact

For ground water impacts the contaminated soil will be removed from site to a licenced remediation or disposal facility

Sample soil underneath contaminated site to ensure all material has been recovered.

Sample contaminated water to determine appropriate response action

Note: All contaminated waste will be removed off site for disposal in appropriately licensed facilities suitable to the waste type in accordance with the EP.





APPENDIX D. EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST

Below contacts cover the Spill Response and Project Emergency Contact List.

LATENT PETROLEUM - OPERATOR Level 7, 1008 Hay Street, Perth

Name Title Phone Mobile (24 hrs)

Stephen Keenihan Managing Director / CMTL (08) 6555 6000 0407 757 844

Mark Jenkins Project Manager / EMTL (08) 6555 6000 0419 194 465

Jo-Ann Long HSE Manager (08) 6555 6000 0450 545 854

Tarnya Inglis Executive Assistant (08) 6555 6000 0438 079 032

Brett Woods (Based at Warro, available on request)

Latent Site Caretaker [email protected]

0400 919 953

PLUG & ABANDONMENT CONTRACTORS

Roger Smith Smithdrill 0428886601

Brad Nadenbousch ASCO/BRT 08 62547400

WELL CONTROL / BLOW-OUT CONTRACTORS

Alert Disaster Control (Oceania)

Phone

Fax

(+65) 6545 5088 (24 hours)

(+65) 6545 3033





SPILL MANAGEMENT SERVICE PROVIDERS

Avon Waste (selected waste management contractor) (08) 9641 1318 / 0417 933 322 (24 hrs)

Environmental Recovery Services 1800 118 800

Response One Environmental (Henderson)

Emergency Response for: Flammable Liquids, Flammable Solids, Toxic Substances, Corrosive Substances

1800 995 539 (24 hrs)

Western Resource Recovery (Welshpool) 1800 774 557 (24 hrs)

Tox Free Waste Management Solutions (Osborne Park)

Emergency Response for: Flammable Liquids, Flammable Solids, Toxic Substances, Corrosive Substances

1800 429 628 (24 hrs)

Wren Oil 1800 654 002 or (08) 9725 4002

Ashley Whybrow Badingarra (Civil’s Contractor) (08) 9652 3028 / 0428 523028 (24 hrs)

Lenane Geraldton (Civil’s Contractor) (08) 9923 3900 / 0418 939 870 (24 hrs)

REGULATOR

Emergency Services (Life Threatening) 000

DMP Environment Reportable Incidents (24-hr duty phone number)

0419 960 621 (24 hrs)

Department of Fire and Emergency Services (DFES)

DFES (State Emergency Service)

(08) 9395 9300

132 500

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPAW)

WildCare Hotline

(08) 9219 9000

(08) 9474 9055 (24 hrs)

Department of Environment and Regulation (DER)

Pollution Watch Hotline (24-hr duty phone number)

1300 784 782 (24 hrs)

EMERGENCY SERVICES / STATE AGENCIES

Emergency Services (Life Threatening) 000

DMP Environment Reportable Incidents (24-hr duty phone number)

0419 960 621 (24 hrs)

Department of Fire and Emergency Services (DFES)

DFES (State Emergency Service)

(08) 9395 9300

132 500

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPAW)

WildCare Hotline

(08) 9219 9000

(08) 9474 9055





Department of Environment and Regulation (DER)

Pollution Watch Hotline (24-hr duty phone number)

1300 784 782 (24 hrs)

State Emergency Services (SES) – Emergency 132 500

SES Offices:

Moora

Coastal Districts (Eneabba to Leeman)

Geraldton

9651 1096 / 0487 011 996

9955 1155 / 0427 551 155

9964 1110

Community Emergency Services Coordinator: Matthew Dadd (Dandaragan Shire) 0428 114 221

�

�**��+�7�>�1=��&��&��4��&��&&��"�"�

� �

� � �

CEMENTING�SYSTEM��

System�Details�

Operator� Latent�Petroleum�Pty�Ltd�� System� P&A� �Cementing�Grout�Project/Well� Dandaragan�P&A� Total�Volume�of�System� 9.7m3�

*�includes�100�%�Contingency�volume�

Product�Name�

Supplier� Purpose� Toxicity,�Ecotoxicity�&�Biodegradability�data** %�Product�in�system�fluid�

MSDS�Attached�

BGC�Portland�Cement��

BGC�Cement� Grout� Summary:Slightly�corrosive� �irritant.�This�product�has�the�potential�to�cause�adverse�health�effects�with�over�exposure.�Use�safe�work�practices�to�avoid�eye�or�skin�contact�and�inhalation.�Once�water�is�added,�an�inhalation�hazard�is�not�anticipated.�Chronic�respiratory�effects�are�not�anticipated�with�over�exposure�at�high�levels�due�to�the�immediate�irritant�and/or�corrosive�effects.�Hexavalent�chromium�compounds�may�be�present�in�trace�amounts�in�cement�products�and�are�classified�as�carcinogenic�to�humans�(IARC�Group�1).�Eye�Corrosive� �irritant.�Contact�may�result�in�irritation,�lacrimation,�pain,�redness,�corneal�burns�and�possible�permanent�damage.�Severe�irritant�upon�contact�with�powder/�dust.�Inhalation�Slightly�corrosive� �irritant.�Over�exposure�to�dust�may�result�in�severe�mucous�membrane�irritation�of�nose�and�throat,�coughing�and�bronchitis.�Chromium�compounds�have�been�reported�to�cause�respiratory�sensitisation�and�may�be�present�as�a�contaminant�of�cement.�However,�given�the�low�levels�present,�over�exposure�is�not�anticipated.�Skin�Slightly�corrosive.�Contact�with�powder�or�wetted�form�may�result�in�rash�and�dermatitis.�Some�individuals�may�exhibit�an�allergic�response�upon�exposure�to�cement,�possibly�due�to�trace�amounts�of�chromium.�Ingestion�Slightly�corrosive.�Ingestion�may�result�in�burns�to�the�mouth�and�throat,�nausea,�vomiting�and�abdominal�pain.�Ingestion�is�considered�unlikely�due�to�product�form.�Toxicity�data�Chromium�(VI)�(18540 29 9)� �Carcinogenicity:�Confirmed�human�carcinogen�(IARC�Group�1)�Health�Surveillance:�Required�[NOHSC:1005(1994)]�Calcium�hydroxide�(1305 62 0)� �LD50�(Ingestion):�7300�mg/kg�(mouse)��Ecotoxicity:Product�forms�an�alkaline�slurry�when�mixed�with�water.Persistence�and�Degradability:��Product�is�persistent�and�would�have�a�low�degradability.�Mobility:��A�low�mobility�would�be�expected�in�a�landfill�situation.�

70%� Yes

� � �

�

Chemical�List�(Chemicals�within�fluid�system)�

Chemicals�Name� CAS�number� Mass�fraction�(%)�Portland�Cement� 65997 15 1� 50%�Water� N/A�–�borewater�–�provided�

by�Dandaragan�Concrete�30%�

Calcium�Hydroxide� 1305 62 0� 10%�Ground�blast�furnace�slag��

65996 69 2��

4%�

Calcium�Sulphate�Dihydrate��

10101 41 4��

3%�

Limestone�� 1317 65 3�

�

2.5%�

Hexavalent�Chromium��

18540 29 9� 0.5%�

�

�

Product�Name�

Supplier� Purpose� Toxicity,�Ecotoxicity�&�Biodegradability�data**� %�Product�in�system�fluid�

MSDS�Attached�

Water� Dandaragan�Concrete�

Base�Fluid.�To�make�cement�into�slurry�

No�Hazard�–�natural�product� 30%� No�

PORTLAND AND BLENDED CEMENTProduct Name

1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATERIAL AND SUPPLIERSupplier name BGC CEMENTAddress 77 Vulcan Road, Canningvale, WA, 6155, AUSTRALIATelephone (08) 9334 4555Fax (08) 9334 4544Emergency (08) 9334 4555Email [email protected] site http://www.bgc.com.auSynonym(s) BLENDED CEMENT • GENERAL PURPOSE CEMENT • HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CEMENT • LOW

HEAT CEMENT • ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT • SULFATE RESISTANT CEMENTUse(s) CEMENT • GROUT • MASONRY CONSTRUCTION • MORTARSDS date 19 November 2013

2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATIONCLASSIFIED AS HAZARDOUS ACCORDING TO SAFE WORK AUSTRALIA CRITERIA

R36/37/38 Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin.

S22 Do not breathe dust.S24/25 Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Hazchem codePacking groupUN number DG class

Subsidiary risk(s)None Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated

NOT CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS GOOD BY THE CRITERIA OF THE ADG CODE

SAFETY PHRASES

RISK PHRASES

3. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTSIngredient Identification Classification ContentCALCIUM HYDROXIDE C;R34CAS: 1305-62-0

EC: 215-137-3<40%

HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM Xn;R43 Carc.;R49N;R50/53

Not Available <1%

PORTLAND CEMENT Not AvailableCAS: 65997-15-1EC: 266-043-4

<95%

GROUND BLAST FURNACE SLAG Not AvailableCAS: 65996-69-2 <75%

CALCIUM SULPHATE DIHYDRATE Not AvailableCAS: 10101-41-4EC: 600-148-1

2 to 8%

LIMESTONE Not AvailableCAS: 1317-65-3EC: 215-279-6

<5%

4. FIRST AID MEASURES

Page 1 of 6SDS Date: 19 Nov 2013


Eye If in eyes, hold eyelids apart and flush continuously with running water. Continue flushing untiladvised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre, a doctor, or for at least 15 minutes.

Inhalation If inhaled, remove from contaminated area. Apply artificial respiration if not breathing.Skin If skin or hair contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and flush skin and hair with running

water. Continue flushing with water until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor.Ingestion For advice, contact a Poison Information Centre on 13 11 26 (Australia Wide) or a doctor (at once). If

swallowed, do not induce vomiting.Advice to doctor Treat symptomatically.First aid facilities Eye wash facilities and safety shower are recommended.

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURESFlammability Non flammable. May evolve toxic gases if strongly heated.Fire and explosion No fire or explosion hazard exists.Extinguishing Use an extinguishing agent suitable for the surrounding fire.Hazchem code None Allocated

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURESWear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as detailed in Section 8 of this SDS. Clear area of allunprotected personnel. Contact emergency services where appropriate.

Personal precautions

Prevent product from entering drains and waterways.Environmental precautions

Contain spillage, then collect and place in suitable containers for reuse or disposal. Avoid generatingdust.

Methods of cleaning up

See Sections 8 and 13 for exposure controls and disposal.References

7. STORAGE AND HANDLINGStorage Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, removed from moisture, incompatible substances and

foodstuffs. Ensure packages are adequately labelled, protected from physical damage and sealedwhen not in use.

Handling Before use carefully read the product label. Use of safe work practices are recommended to avoideye or skin contact and inhalation. Observe good personal hygiene, including washing hands beforeeating. Prohibit eating, drinking and smoking in contaminated areas.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION

Ingredient ReferenceTWA STEL

ppm mg/m³ ppm mg/m³Calcium carbonate SWA (AUS) -- 10 -- --Calcium hydroxide SWA (AUS) -- 5 -- --Chromium (VI) compounds (as Cr) SWA (AUS) -- 0.05 -- --Portland Cement SWA (AUS) -- 10 -- --

Exposure standards

No biological limit allocated.Biological limitsEngineering controls Avoid inhalation. Use in well ventilated areas. Where an inhalation risk exists, mechanical extraction

ventilation is recommended. Maintain dust levels below the recommended exposure standard.



PPEEye / Face Wear dust-proof goggles.Hands Wear PVC or rubber gloves.Body When using large quantities or where heavy contamination is likely, wear coveralls.Respiratory Where an inhalation risk exists, wear a Class P1 (Particulate) respirator. At high dust levels, wear a

Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) with Class P3 (Particulate) filter or a Class P3 (Particulate)respirator.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIESLIGHT GREY TO DARK GREY POWDERAppearanceODOURLESSOdourNON FLAMMABLEFlammabilityNOT RELEVANTFlash pointNOT AVAILABLEBoiling point> 1200°CMelting pointNOT AVAILABLEEvaporation rateALKALINEpHNOT AVAILABLEVapour density3.0 - 3.4Specific gravityINSOLUBLESolubility (water)NOT AVAILABLEVapour pressureNOT RELEVANTUpper explosion limitNOT RELEVANTLower explosion limitNOT AVAILABLEPartition coefficientNOT AVAILABLEAutoignition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEDecomposition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEViscosityNOT AVAILABLEExplosive propertiesNOT AVAILABLEOxidising propertiesNOT AVAILABLE% Volatiles

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITYChemical stability Stable under recommended conditions of storage.Conditions to avoid Avoid heat, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.Material to avoid Incompatible with oxidising agents (eg. hypochlorites), ethanol, acids (eg. hydrofluoric acid) and

interhalogens (eg. chlorine trifluoride). Water contact may increase product temperature 2°C to 3°C.May evolve toxic gases if heated to decomposition.Hazardous Decomposition

ProductsPolymerization is not expected to occur.Hazardous Reactions

11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Eye Corrosive - irritant. Contact may result in irritation, lacrimation, pain, redness, corneal burns andpossible permanent damage. Severe irritant upon contact with powder/ dust.

Inhalation Slightly corrosive - irritant. Over exposure to dust may result in severe mucous membrane irritation ofnose and throat, coughing and bronchitis. Chromium compounds have been reported to causerespiratory sensitisation and may be present as a contaminant of cement. However, given the low

Slightly corrosive - irritant. This product has the potential to cause adverse health effects with overexposure. Use safe work practices to avoid eye or skin contact and inhalation. Once water is added,an inhalation hazard is not anticipated. Chronic respiratory effects are not anticipated with overexposure at high levels due to the immediate irritant and/or corrosive effects. Hexavalent chromiumcompounds may be present in trace amounts in cement products and are classified as carcinogenicto humans (IARC Group 1).

Health HazardSummary



levels present, over exposure is not anticipated.Skin Slightly corrosive. Contact with powder or wetted form may result in rash and dermatitis. Some

individuals may exhibit an allergic response upon exposure to cement, possibly due to trace amountsof chromium.

Ingestion Slightly corrosive. Ingestion may result in burns to the mouth and throat, nausea, vomiting andabdominal pain. Ingestion is considered unlikely due to product form.

Toxicity data CALCIUM HYDROXIDE (1305-62-0)LD50 (ingestion) 7300 mg/kg (mouse)

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATIONToxicity No information provided.

No information provided.Persistence and degradability

No information provided.Bioaccumulative potential

Mobility in soil No information provided.

Other adverse effects No information provided.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONSWaste disposal Reuse or recycle where possible. Alternatively, ensure product is covered with moist soil to prevent

dust generation and dispose of to an approved landfill site. Contact the manufacturer for additionalinformation.

Legislation Dispose of in accordance with relevant local legislation.

DG class/ DivisionSubsidiary risk(s)Packing groupHazchem code None Allocated

None AllocatedNone AllocatedNone Allocated None Allocated

None AllocatedNone Allocated None Allocated

None AllocatedNone Allocated


None AllocatedNone AllocatedNone Allocated

None AllocatedProper shipping nameUN number

LAND TRANSPORT(ADG)

SEA TRANSPORT(IMDG / IMO)

AIR TRANSPORT(IATA / ICAO)


14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

Inventory Listing(s) AUSTRALIA: AICS (Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances)All components are listed on AICS, or are exempt.

Poison schedule A poison schedule number has not been allocated to this product using the criteria in the Standardfor the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and Poisons (SUSMP).

16. OTHER INFORMATIONThe manufacturer reports that this product may contain tri calcium silicate, di calcium silicate, tricalcium aluminate, tetra calcium alumino ferrite, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, sodium salts,potassium salts and gypsum.

CEMENT CONTACT DERMATITIS: Individuals using wet cement, mortar, grout or concrete could beat risk of developing cement dermatitis. Symptoms of exposure include itchy, tender, swollen, hot,cracked or blistering skin with the potential for sensitisation. The dermatitis is due to the presence ofsoluble (hexavalent) chromium.

Additional information



IARC - GROUP 1 - PROVEN HUMAN CARCINOGEN. This product contains an ingredient for whichthere is sufficient evidence to have been classified by the International Agency for Research intoCancer as a human carcinogen. The use of products known to be human carcinogens should bestrictly monitored and controlled.

RESPIRATORS: In general the use of respirators should be limited and engineering controlsemployed to avoid exposure. If respiratory equipment must be worn ensure correct respiratorselection and training is undertaken. Remember that some respirators may be extremelyuncomfortable when used for long periods. The use of air powered or air supplied respirators shouldbe considered where prolonged or repeated use is necessary.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT GUIDELINES:The recommendation for protective equipment contained within this report is provided as a guideonly. Factors such as method of application, working environment, quantity used, productconcentration and the availability of engineering controls should be considered before final selectionof personal protective equipment is made.

HEALTH EFFECTS FROM EXPOSURE:It should be noted that the effects from exposure to this product will depend on several factorsincluding: frequency and duration of use; quantity used; effectiveness of control measures; protectiveequipment used and method of application. Given that it is impractical to prepare a ChemAlert reportwhich would encompass all possible scenarios, it is anticipated that users will assess the risks andapply control methods where appropriate.

ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial HygienistsCAS # Chemical Abstract Service number - used to uniquely identify chemical compoundsCNS Central Nervous SystemEC No. EC No - European Community NumberGHS Globally Harmonized SystemIARC International Agency for Research on CancerLD50 Lethal Dose, 50% / Median Lethal Dosemg/m³ Milligrams per Cubic MetreOEL Occupational Exposure LimitPEL Permissible Exposure LimitpH relates to hydrogen ion concentration using a scale of 0 (high acidic) to 14 (highly

alkaline).ppm Parts Per MillionREACH Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of ChemicalsSTEL Short-Term Exposure LimitSTOT-RE Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure)STOT-SE Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure)SUSMP Standard for the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and PoisonsSWA Safe Work AustraliaTLV Threshold Limit ValueTWA Time Weighted Average

Abbreviations

DescriptionRevisionUpdate of SDS header and logo. 2.2Standard SDS Review 2.1Standard SDS Review. 2.0

Revision history

This document has been compiled by RMT on behalf of the manufacturer, importer or supplier of theproduct and serves as their Safety Data Sheet ('SDS').

It is based on information concerning the product which has been provided to RMT by themanufacturer, importer or supplier or obtained from third party sources and is believed to representthe current state of knowledge as to the appropriate safety and handling precautions for the productat the time of issue. Further clarification regarding any aspect of the product should be obtaineddirectly from the manufacturer, importer or supplier.While RMT has taken all due care to include accurate and up-to-date information in this SDS, it doesnot provide any warranty as to accuracy or completeness. As far as lawfully possible, RMT acceptsno liability for any loss, injury or damage (including consequential loss) which may be suffered orincurred by any person as a consequence of their reliance on the information contained in this SDS.

Report status



Prepared by Risk Management Technologies 5 Ventnor Ave, West Perth Western Australia 6005 Phone: +61 8 9322 1711 Fax: +61 8 9322 1794 Email: [email protected] Web: www.rmt.com.au.

SDS Date:

End of SDS

Revision:19 November 20132.2


DMP�CHEMICAL�DISCLOSURE�REPORTING

A.�SYSTEM�DETAILS:OPERATOR: Latent�PetroleumPROJECT/WELL: Dandaragan�P&ASYSTEM: Fluid�Inhibition�SystemTOTAL�VOLUME�OF�SYSTEM�(L): 23.4m3*�includes�30%�Contingency.Note:�MSDS�provided�are�from�Rheochem,�Rheochem�is�the�entity�under�which�NewPark�used�to�trade.

B.�PRODUCT�LIST:

Product�Name Supplier Purpose Toxicity�&�Ecotoxicity�Information�%�Product�in�system�

MSDS�Attached

Water N/A Base�Fluid Bore�water�sourced�onsite� ��Natural�Product 90.00% N

Idcide 20 Newpark

Biocide/Prevents�bacterial�contamination�of�the�mud

Toxicity:�Toxicity�data�avaailable�for�ingredient:TETRAKIS(HYDROXYMETHYL)PHOSPHONIUM�SULPHATE�(55566 30 8)LD50�(ingestion)�248�mg/kg�(rat)TDLo�(ingestion)�650�mg/kg/13�weeks� �intermittent�(rat)

Ecotoxicity:75%�TETRAKIS(HYDROXYMETHYL)PHOSPHONIUM�SULPHATE�(55566 30 8):�LC50�(Rainbow�Trout)�=�119�mg/L/96�hr�LC50(Bluegill�Sunfish)�=�93�mg/L/�96�hr�EC50�(Daphnia�Magna)�=�19�mg/L/48�hr�LC50�(Brown�Shrimp)�=�340�mg/L/96�hr�LC50�(Mysid�Shrimp�)�=�9.5�mg/L/96�hr�LC50�(Sheepshead�Minnow)�=�94�mg/L/96�hr�LC50�(Jevenile�Plaice)�=�86�mg/L/96�hr�Waste�Water�management�EC50�(Activated�Sludge)�=�24�mg/L/3�hr

Persistence�and�degradability:This�product�is�readily�biodegradable.

http://www.inchem.org/documents/ehc/ehc/ehc218.htm

4.00% Y

Newpark

Toxicity�Data:Toxicity�Data�available�for�the�ingredients:SODIUM�HYDROXIDE�(1310 73 2):LD50�(Intraperitoneal):�40�mg/kg�(mouse)LDLo�(Ingestion):�1.57�mg/kg�(human)SILICA,�AMORPHOUS�(7631 86 9):LD50�(ingestion):�3160�mg/kg�(rat)

Biodegradation/Bioaccumulation:Biodegradability�does�not�pertain�to�inorganic�substances.�Does�not�bioaccumulate.

WATER:�If�released�to�waterways,�alkaline�products�may�change�the�pH�of�the�waterway.�Fish�will�die�if�the�pH�reaches�10 11�(goldfish�10.9,�bluegill�10.5).�SOIL:�May�leach�to�groundwater�with�toxic�effects�on�aquatic�life�as�above.��ATMOSPHERE:�Not�expected�to�reside�in�the�atmosphere.�Drops�or�particles�released�to�atmosphere�should�be�removed�by�gravity�and/or�be�rained�out.

Sodium�Sulphite Newpark Oxygen�Scavenger

Acute�Toxicity:LD50�(Ingestion):�820�mg/kg�(mouse)LD50�(Intraperitoneal):�950�mg/kg�(mouse)LD50�(Intravenous):�175�mg/kg�(mouse)LDLo�(Ingestion):�2825�mg/kg�(rabbit)LDLo�(Intravenous):�400�mg/kg�(cat)LDLo�(Subcutaneous):�600�mg/kg�(rabbit)

SODIUM�CARBONATE�(497 19 8)LC50�(inhalation)�800�mg/m³/2�hours�(guinea�pig)LD50�(ingestion)�4090�mg/kg�(rat)LD50�(intraperitoneal)�117�mg/kg�(mouse)LD50�(subcutaneous)�2210�mg/kg�(mouse)

SODIUM�SULPHATE�(7757 82 6)LD50�(ingestion)�5989�mg/kg�(mouse)LD50�(intravenous)�1220�mg/kg�(rabbit)LDLo�(intravenous)�1220�mg/kg�(mouse)TDLo�(ingestion)�14�g/kg�(mouse� �8 12�days�pregnant)TDLo�(subcutaneous)�806�mg/kg/26�weeks�intermittently�(mouse)

Biodegradation/Bioaccumulation:Biodegradability�does�not�pertain�to�inorganic�substances.�Does�not�bioaccumulate.

OCNS�category�and�registration�number��E� �26232

1.00% Y

Ancor�1 Newpark Corrosion�inhibitor

Acute�Toxicity:Toxicity�data�avaailable�for�ingredient:Toxicity�Data�TRIETHANOLAMINE�(102 71 6)LD50�(Ingestion):�2200�mg/kg�(rabbit)LD50�(Intraperitoneal):�1450�mg/kg�(mouse)LD50�(Skin):�>�20�mL/kg�(rabbit)TDLo�(Ingestion):�16�g/kg/64�weeks�(mouse� �cancer)

EcotoxicityLC50�(shrimp):�>�100�ppm.

In�soil�and�water,�triethanolamine�will�biodegrade�fairly�rapidly�following�acclamation�(half life�in�theorder�of�days�to�weeks).�In�soil,�residual�triethanolamine�may�leach�to�groundwater.Not�expected�to�bioaccumulate.

1.00% Y

TOTAL 100.00% *

C.�CHEMICAL�LIST:

CAS�Number

Mass

7732-18-5 93.504%7631-86-9 0.002%1310-73-2 3.998%

7757-83-7 0.970%7757-82-6 0.025%55566-30-8 0.800%102-71-6 0.700%

100.000%

Y

Ingredients

Caustic�SodapH�control prevents�bacteria�&�corrosion.

4.00%

TriethanolamineTOTAL

Sodium�Carbonate

Sodium�Hydroxide

WaterSilica�Amorphous

497-19-8

Sodium�Sulphate

0.001%

Sodium�Sulphite

Tetrakis�(Hydroxymethyl)�Phosphonium�Sulphate

1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE MATERIAL AND SUPPLIER

�� !

�� !"�� #�$��%&� ��'�'(' ��#�� %�� !��

)*+,,---.�) ��) /.��/.�$,

RHEOCHEM LTD

ANCOR 1

0��12�3�4��15�6��4��44��72�3�8��14�5��14��9

:8��8��81��1��0��8�

!��;��! �

Fax

Supplier Name

Address

Telephone

Emergency

Web Site

Synonym(s)

Use(s)

SDS Date

Product Name

CLASSIFIED AS HAZARDOUS ACCORDING TO SAFE WORK AUSTRALIA CRITERIA

2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

RISK PHRASES�'� ��<�� .

SAFETY PHRASES�'� � ��$�=� �*�� > ��)�<.


1�� 1�� 1��

1�� 1��

UN No.

Packing Group

DG Class

Hazchem Code

Subsidiary Risk(s)

3. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Ingredient Formula CAS No. Content

��2��18��?�12 :�@��(@1@8' � !@"�@� ��@"!A

��2� �!8 ""'!@��@( � /��

Eye �B�� )�� *��B�$�)��$�$��-)��$��<�-� �.�:��$ �B�$�)�<�$��>� ��*�=��B��/��: �� B�� (�/�$ �.

Skin �B��C��)��$�� /�> ��/�� )�<��B�$�)��C��)��-)��$��<�-� �.�:��$ B�$�)�<�-)�-� ��$��>� ��*�=��B��/��: �� .

Inhalation �B��)�� /�> �B��/��/�� .��*�� $ ��$� ��* ��#8�<��>�*�$�%�� *��@�� *��#��*��> �� %.��**��B�� *��B��=� �)�<.

Ingestion 6��>� ��B��/��: �� '��!��#�$�� %��#�� %.��B��-��- ��$� �>�/�<.

Advice to Doctor �� /*�/��.

First Aid Facilities 2� �-��)�B�� B ��)�- ��)�$��= ��>��=� .


��< ��B �

� > - �+�!��;��! �� +�!��;��! ��

�?�

ANCOR 1Product Name

Fire andExplosion

2>��$� �� / �< �� >� �.��D��<�� /��= � >��> ��B� ��$��.�� /��$*-��B��)�� -�-��B�)�E��.�� B$��*�� > � F$*/ ��$��<�� B�:�� 0� �)�<�**��$��#�:0�%�-) ��/=��<�B� .�� -� �B�<�� =��< �� .

Extinguishing 4��< ��=��D� ��B��/��-� ��B�<.�� > ��/��B��-� �-��.

Flammability :�/=$�=� .�?�� >��> ��D��<�� #��=��,��< ��D� ��/� ��//��)��=��%�-) ��) � �� /*��.

Hazchem Code 1��

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

Spillage :�� / �< �� >� ��-) � ��**��*�� .�� * ��*�� > � F$*/ �.�:� �� B��$�*�� * �� .�7 �� -) � �*��=� .�:��*��< ��) ��> ��,��=��=��*��-)��@��/=$�=� �=��=��/� ��#> �/�$� ��/��%�� *�� $�=� �� B��*��.�� > ��*�� <��-� �-��.

Handling

�� - ��> �� /�> ��B��/��D��<��< �� ) ��<��$�� B��$BB�.�2��$� �� F$� ��= �� *�� B��/�*)��/�< �� -) ��$� .�:) �C�� <$��B�� C��*��.�� :��:��:�/=$�=� ��F$��#�� %.

Storage

0 B�� $� �� B$�� ) �*��$��= �.�� B��B �-��C�*�� // �� >�� C��)��.�8=� �> �<��* ��)�< � ��$��<�-��)�<�)��= B�� <.��)=� ��<��C�<��/�C�<��/�� .

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

7. STORAGE AND HANDLING

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/ PERSONAL PROTECTION

TWA STELExposure Stds

Ingredient Reference�� )��/� ��#��% @@ ( @@ @@/<,/'

1��=��<��/�� .Biological Limits

EngineeringControls

�>��)��.�� - ��> �� .��) � ��)��C� D��/ �)�� D��> �� // �� .�?��>�*�$�� > ��= ��-�) �� // �� D*��$� ��.

� ��*��)@*��B�<�<<� ��$== ��7:�<��> ��> ��.��) � ��)��C� D��- ��+��* ��#8�<��>�*�$�%�� *��.��B��*��<��- ��+��* ��@:��#8�<��<�� ,>�*�$��$�� %� �*��.

PPE

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIESAppearance :8�8��2��G��4 Solubility (water) �8��0�2

Odour ��5��848�� Specific Gravity �.�

pH 18��7��0�2 % Volatiles 18��7��0�2

Vapour Pressure 18��7��0�2 Flammability :��:��:8?0��0�2

Vapour Density 18��7��0�2 Flash Point H�� I:

Boiling Point 18��7��0�2 Upper Explosion Limit 18��7��0�2

Melting Point 18��7��0�2 Lower Explosion Limit 18��7��0�2

Evaporation Rate 18��7��0�2

Autoignition Temperature 18��7��0�2 Decomposition Temperature 18��7��0�2

Partition Coefficient 18��7��0�2 Viscosity 18��7��0�2

��< �!��B �

� > - �+�!��;��! �� +�!��;��! ��

�?�

ANCOR 1Product Name

Chemical Stability ��=� �$�� // �� B��< .

Conditions to Avoid �>��) ��*��C��* ��B��/ ��) ��<��$�� .

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Material to Avoid ��/*�=� �-)��D��<��< ��# <.�)�*��)�� %��# <.��%�� ) ��<��$�� .

HazardousDecompositionProducts

?�� >��> ��D��<�� #��=��,��< ��D� ��/� ��//��)��=��%�-) ��) � �� /*��.

Hazardous Reactions ��E��$��*��/ �E�� D* � ��$�.


��<)��> �@��.��)��*��$��)��) �*� ��$� ��> �� ) ��)� BB ��-)��> �� D*��$� .�� B �-��C�*�� >�� C��)��.�?��$� �� =��C��.�:)�� D*��$� �/�� $��> ��C�� /�< .��*��$��) �*� ��B��> �� ) ��)� BB ��/��= � �$� �.

Eye :��> �@��.�:��/�� $��/��*�� =$��*��=� * �/�� /�< .

Inhalation ��<)��> �@��.�8> �� D*��$� �/�� $��B�) �� )��$<)�<��$� ��B��//��-)�=� �)�<��BB�$� �.�4$ ��) ��-�>�*�$��*� ��$� ��)��)�E��*� �-)��/��$� .

Skin ��<)��> .�:��/�� $�� *��)�� /��*��=� �=$��.�?��$� � ��=��C��.

Ingestion ��<)��> .��< ��/�� $��$�� =$��) �/�$)��)��$� ��>�/�<��=��/��*��)� �.

Toxicity Data ��2��18��?�12�#� !@"�@�%��4( �#��< ��%+�!! �/<,C<�#��==%��4( �#��* �� %+��( �/<,C<�#/�$� %��4( �#�C�%+�H�! �/�,C<�#��==%��4��#��< ��%+��<,C<,��- C��#/�$� �@�� %


Environment ��-� �� )��/� �-��=�� <�� B��*��B��-�<��/��#)��B@�B ��) �� B��- C�%.�� $�� )��/� �/�� )��<��$��-� �.��:( �#�)�/*%+�H�� **/.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Waste Disposal � �$� �-)��$/�)��$�*)� ,�=�$�*) �#��<�� $��<��< �%��B��-)�'?��$�*)$��.��*�� B�-� �� $�� -)��).��=��=�-)��/��*�� B��**��> ��B�� .�:��) �/��$B��$� ��B��B��/��.

Legislation 4�*�� B�� -)�� >�� <��.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS



1�� 1�� 1��

1�� 1��

Shipping Name

UN No.

Packing Group

DG Class

Hazchem Code

Subsidiary Risk(s)

1��

Poison Schedule :��B ��) �$� �(�#�(%��$��<�) �� ) ��B��) ��B��/��) �$��<��B�4�$<��#��4�%.

AICS ��) /�� ) ��$��> ��B�:) /��$=�� #��:�%.


AdditionalInformation

�2��8��+��< � ��) �$� ��B�� *��)�$��= ��/ �� <� ��<�� /*�� >�� D*��$� .��B�� *�� F$*/ ��/$��= �-�� $� �� *�� <��$�� C �.� / /= ��)��/ �� *��/��= � D� / ��$��/B��=� �-) ��$� ��B��<�* ��.��) �$� ��B��

16. OTHER INFORMATION

��< �'��B �

� > - �+�!��;��! �� +�!��;��! ��

�?�

ANCOR 1Product Name

*�- � ��$**� �� *��)�$��= �� -) � �*��< �� * � ��$� �� .

�00�27��81�+�:5��@��/ ��:��B � �� B��$��< ��.�45�@��$��4��< ��$��5��.02��@�0��<��2D*��$� �� #�%.:��J�@�:) /��=�� >� ��$/= ��@�$� ��$�F$ �� B��) /��/*�$��.:1��@�: ��1 �>�$�� /.2:�1��@�2$��* ��:�//$��1$/= �.��18�@��E��$��$=�� 1 -�8�<��/�.��:�@�� < ��B�� )��:�� ./<,/K�@�?��<��/��* ��:$=��? � .18��@�1��8) �-� ��* �B �.*��@�� )��< �� $��<�� B� �#)<)��%��#)<)��C�� %.**/�@�� ?��.��2:��@�� <��B��D��2BB ��B�:) /��$=�� .��2��@��)�� /�2D*��$� ��/.��@��B ��C��$��.��@��/ �� <) ��> ��< .

�2��2662:��6�8?�2L�8��2+��)�$��= �� )��) � BB ��B��/� D*��$� ��)��*��$��-�� * �� > ��B��$��<+�B� F$ ��$��B�$� &�F$��$� �&� BB �> � ��B��/ ��$� �&�*�� > � F$*/ ��$� ��/ )��B�**��.�5> ��)��/*��*� *�� :) /�� *��-)�)�-�$�� /*��*��=� �� *� ��)��$� ��-�� ) ��C��**��/ )��-) � ��**��*�� .

�2��81��8�2:��72�2G��?21��5��42��12�+�) �� // ��B��*�� > � F$*/ �� -)��)��:) /�� *��*��>� ��<$� ��.6��$�)��/ )��B��**��-��C�<� �>��/ ��F$��$� ��*��$�� ) �>��=��B� �<� ��<��)�$��= �� = B�� B�� B�* ��*�� > � F$*/ ��/�� .

Report Status �)��$/ ��)��= ��/*� ��=��?��= )��B��B�) �/��$B��$� ��B�) �*��$�� > ��) /��$B��$� �M��B ��4��) �#M�4�M%.

�� =�� B��/�� <�) �*��$��-)�)�)��= ��*��>� ��?��=��) �/��$B��$� ��=�� B��/�)��*��$�� = � > �� *� � ��) ��$�� B�C��-� �< ��) ��**��*�� B ��)��<�*� ��$��B��) �*��$��) �/ ��B��$ .�6$�) ��B�� <��<��* ��B) �*��$��)�$��= ��=�� B��/�) �/��$B��$� �.

�)� ��?��)��C ��$ �� $� ��$�� $*@�@�� B��/��)��4�� *��>� ��-��$��/*� � ��.��B��-B$��*��=� ��?�� *��=��B��N$�� /�< �#��$��<�� F$ ��%�-)�)�/��= ��$BB � ��$�� =��* �� F$ �� B�) �� ) ��B��/�� )��4�.

Prepared By ��C�?��< / �� )��< �(�7 ��> �� )� � ��$�� (�)�� +��'!!��"��6�D+��'!!��"��2/��+��B�O�/.��/.�$� =+�---.�/.��/.�$

!��;��! �

End of ReportSDS Date

��< ��B �

� > - �+�!��;��! �� +�!��;��! ��

�?�


11 Alacrity Place, Henderson, WA, AUSTRALIA, 6166

+61 8 9410 8200

1800 127 406 (Australia); 011 64 3 3530199 (International)

+61 8 9410 8299

http://www.rheochem.com.au/

RHEOCHEM LTD

CAUSTIC SODA

MANUFACTURE OF CHEMICALS • REAGENT • SCRUBBING AGENT

CAUSTIC SODA • SODA LYE • SODIUM HYDROXIDE SOLID

01 Nov 2010

Fax

Supplier Name

Address

Telephone

Emergency

Web Site

Synonym(s)

Use(s)

SDS Date

Product Name



RISK PHRASESR35 Causes severe burns.

SAFETY PHRASESS1/2 Keep locked up and out of reach of children.S26 In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical adviceS37/39 Wear suitable gloves and eye/face protection.S45 In case of accident or if you feel unwell seek medical advice immediately (show the label where possible).

CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS GOOD BY THE CRITERIA OF THE ADG CODE

1823 8 None Allocated

II 2X

UN No.

Packing Group

DG Class

Hazchem Code

Subsidiary Risk(s)

3. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Ingredient Formula CAS No. Content

SODIUM HYDROXIDE Na-OH 1310-73-2 >98%

SILICA, AMORPHOUS Si-O2 7631-86-9 0.0030%

Eye If in eyes, hold eyelids apart and flush continuously with running water. Continue flushing until advised to stop by aPoisons Information Centre, a doctor, or for at least 15 minutes.

Skin If skin or hair contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and flush skin and hair with running water. Continueflushing with water until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor.

Inhalation If inhaled, remove from contaminated area. To protect rescuer, use an Air-line respirator where an inhalation riskexists. Apply artificial respiration if not breathing.

Ingestion For advice, contact a Poison Information Centre on 13 11 26 (Australia Wide) or a doctor (at once). If swallowed,do not induce vomiting.

Advice to Doctor Treat symptomatically.


Page 1 of 5

Reviewed: 04 Nov 2010

Printed: 04 Nov 2010

RMT

CAUSTIC SODAProduct Name

Fire andExplosion

Treat as per requirements for Surrounding Fires: Evacuate area and contact emergency services. Remain upwindand notify those downwind of hazard. Wear full protective equipment including Self Contained BreathingApparatus (SCBA) when combating fire. Use waterfog to cool intact containers and nearby storage areas.

Extinguishing Prevent contamination of drains or waterways.

Flammability Non flammable. May evolve toxic gases if strongly heated. May evolve flammable hydrogen gas in contact withsome metals.

Hazchem Code 2X


Spillage If spilt (bulk), notify local authorities where appropriate. Collect and reuse where possible. Use personal protectiveequipment. Contain spillage, then collect and place in suitable containers for disposal. Clean spill site with soapsolution.

Handling

Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, removed from oxidising agents, acids, metals, heat or ignition sourcesand foodstuffs. Ensure containers are adequately labelled, protected from physical damage and sealed when notin use. Check regularly for leaks or spills. Large storage areas should have appropriate ventilation systems. It isrecommended that the storage temperature be maintained between 15 and 25°C. Unsuitable storage containers:aluminium, tin or zinc.

Storage

Before use carefully read the product label. Use of safe work practices are recommended to avoid eye or skincontact and inhalation. Observe good personal hygiene, including washing hands before eating. Prohibit eating,drinking and smoking in contaminated areas.



8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/ PERSONAL PROTECTION

TWA STELExposure Stds

Ingredient ReferenceFumed silica (respirable dust) SWA (AUS) -- 2 mg/m3 -- --Sodium hydroxide (peak limitation) SWA (AUS) -- 2 mg/m3 -- --

No biological limit allocated.Biological Limits

EngineeringControls

Avoid inhalation. Use in well ventilated areas. Where an inhalation risk exists, mechanical extraction ventilation isrecommended. Maintain dust levels below the recommended exposure standard.

Wear dust-proof goggles, a PVC apron, rubber boots, rubber or PVC gloves, a faceshield and coveralls. At highdust levels, wear: a Full-face Class P3 (Particulate) or an Air-line respirator. Where an inhalation risk exists, wear:a Class P1 (Particulate) respirator.

PPE

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIESAppearance WHITE DELIQUESCENT PEARLS Solubility (water) 1110 kg/m3 @ 20°C

Odour ODOURLESS Specific Gravity 2.12

pH 13.5 (1 % solution) % Volatiles NOT AVAILABLE

Vapour Pressure NOT AVAILABLE Flammability NON FLAMMABLE

Vapour Density NOT AVAILABLE Flash Point NOT RELEVANT

Boiling Point 1390°C Upper Explosion Limit NOT RELEVANT

Melting Point 318°C Lower Explosion Limit NOT RELEVANT

Evaporation Rate NOT AVAILABLE

Page 2 of 5



RMT


Chemical Stability Stable under recommended conditions of storage.

Conditions to Avoid Avoid heat, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources.


Material to Avoid Incompatible with oxidising agents, acids (eg. nitric acid), metals, heat and ignition sources.

HazardousDecompositionProducts

May evolve toxic gases if heated to decomposition.

Hazardous Reactions Polymerization is not expected to occur.


Highly corrosive. This product has the potential to cause serious adverse health effects. Use safe work practicesto avoid eye or skin contact and inhalation. Over exposure may result in severe burns with corrosive tissuedamage. Upon dilution, the potential for corrosive effects may be reduced.

Eye Highly corrosive. Contact may result in irritation, lacrimation, pain, redness, conjunctivitis and corneal burns withpossible permanent damage.

Inhalation Corrosive. Over exposure to dust may result in mucous membrane irritation of the respiratory tract, coughing andbronchitis. High level exposure may result in intense thirst, ulceration, lung tissue damage, chemical pneumonitisand pulmonary oedema. Effects may be delayed.

Skin Corrosive. Contact may result in irritation, redness, pain, rash, dermatitis and possible burns. Effects may bedelayed.

Ingestion Highly corrosive - toxic. Ingestion may result in burns to the mouth and throat, nausea, vomiting, ulceration of thegastrointestinal tract, oedema, rapid pulse, shock, unconsciousness, convulsions and death.

Toxicity Data SODIUM HYDROXIDE (1310-73-2) LD50 (Intraperitoneal): 40 mg/kg (mouse) LDLo (Ingestion): 1.57 mg/kg (human)SILICA, AMORPHOUS (7631-86-9) LD50 (Ingestion): 3160 mg/kg (rat)


Environment WATER: If released to waterways, alkaline products may change the pH of the waterway. Fish will die if the pHreaches 10-11 (goldfish 10.9, bluegill 10.5). SOIL: May leach to groundwater with toxic effects on aquatic life asabove. ATMOSPHERE: Not expected to reside in the atmosphere. Drops or particles released to atmosphereshould be removed by gravity and/or be rained out.


Waste Disposal Add to large quantity of water and neutralise (to pH 6-8) by SLOW addition of 6 mol/L hydrochloric acid (HCl).Discharge neutral solutions to drain or sewer with excess water. Contact the manufacturer for additionalinformation.




CLASSIFIED AS A DANGEROUS GOOD BY THE CRITERIA OF THE ADG CODE


II 2X 8A1

Shipping Name

UN No.

Packing Group

DG Class

Hazchem Code

Subsidiary Risk(s)

GTEPG

SODIUM HYDROXIDE, SOLID

Page 3 of 5



RMT



II

Shipping Name

Subsidiary Risk(s)DG ClassUN No.

Packing Group

IATA



II

Shipping Name

UN No.

Packing Group

DG Class Subsidiary Risk(s)

IMDG


Poison Schedule Classified as a Schedule 6 (S6) Poison using the criteria in the Standard for the Uniform Scheduling of Drugs andPoisons (SUSDP).

AICS All chemicals listed on the Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances (AICS).


AdditionalInformation

RESPIRATORS: In general the use of respirators should be limited and engineering controls employed to avoidexposure. If respiratory equipment must be worn ensure correct respirator selection and training is undertaken.Remember that some respirators may be extremely uncomfortable when used for long periods. The use of airpowered or air supplied respirators should be considered where prolonged or repeated use is necessary.

EXPOSURE STANDARDS - TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) or WES (WORKPLACE EXPOSURESTANDARD) (NZ): Exposure standards are established on the premise of an 8 hour work period of normalintensity, under normal climatic conditions and where a 16 hour break between shifts exists to enable the body toeliminate absorbed contaminants. In the following circumstances, exposure standards must be reduced: strenuouswork conditions; hot, humid climates; high altitude conditions; extended shifts (which increase the exposure periodand shorten the period of recuperation).

ABBREVIATIONS:ACGIH - American Conference of Industrial Hygienists.ADG - Australian Dangerous Goods.BEI - Biological Exposure Indice(s).CAS# - Chemical Abstract Service number - used to uniquely identify chemical compounds.CNS - Central Nervous System.EC No - European Community Number.HSNO - Hazardous Substances and New Organisms.IARC - International Agency for Research on Cancer.mg/m3 - Milligrams per Cubic Metre.NOS - Not Otherwise Specified.pH - relates to hydrogen ion concentration using a scale of 0 (high acidic) to 14 (highly alkaline).ppm - Parts Per Million.RTECS - Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances.STEL - Short Term Exposure Limit.SWA - Safe Work Australia.TWA - Time Weighted Average.

HEALTH EFFECTS FROM EXPOSURE:It should be noted that the effects from exposure to this product will depend on several factors including: frequencyand duration of use; quantity used; effectiveness of control measures; protective equipment used and method ofapplication. Given that it is impractical to prepare a Chem Alert report which would encompass all possiblescenarios, it is anticipated that users will assess the risks and apply control methods where appropriate.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT GUIDELINES:The recommendation for protective equipment contained within this Chem Alert report is provided as a guide only.Factors such as method of application, working environment, quantity used, product concentration and theavailability of engineering controls should be considered before final selection of personal protective equipment ismade.


Report Status This document has been compiled by RMT on behalf of the manufacturer of the product and serves as themanufacturer's Safety Data Sheet ('SDS').

It is based on information concerning the product which has been provided to RMT by the manufacturer orobtained from third party sources and is believed to represent the current state of knowledge as to the appropriate

Page 4 of 5



RMT


safety and handling precautions for the product at the time of issue. Further clarification regarding any aspect ofthe product should be obtained directly from the manufacturer.

While RMT has taken all due care to include accurate and up-to-date information in this SDS, it does not provideany warranty as to accuracy or completeness. As far as lawfully possible, RMT accepts no liability for any loss,injury or damage (including consequential loss) which may be suffered or incurred by any person as aconsequence of their reliance on the information contained in this SDS.

Prepared By Risk Management Technologies5 Ventnor Ave, West PerthWestern Australia 6005Phone: +61 8 9322 1711Fax: +61 8 9322 1794Email: [email protected]: www.rmt.com.au

01 Nov 2010

End of ReportSDS Date

Page 5 of 5



RMT

IDCIDE-20Product Name


Supplier Name RHEOCHEM LTD

Address 11 Alacrity Place, Henderson, WA, AUSTRALIA, 6166

Telephone +61 8 9410 8200

Fax +61 8 9410 8299

Emergency 1800 127 406 (Australia); 011 64 3 3530199 (International)

Web Site http://www.rheochem.com.au/Synonym(s) IDCIDE 20Use(s) BIOCIDE · DRILLING FLUID ADDITIVE · WATER TREATMENT

SDS Date 11 October 2012



R36/38 Irritating to eyes and skin.R43 May cause sensitisation by skin contact.

S23 Do not breathe gas/fumes/vapour/spray (where applicable).S24/25 Avoid contact with skin and eyes.S36 Wear suitable protective clothing.

Hazchem Code

Packing Group

UN Number DG Class

Subsidiary Risk(s)

None Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated


SAFETY PHRASES

RISK PHRASES

3. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTSIngredient Identification Classification Content

TETRAKIS(HYDROXYMETHYL)PHOSPHONIUM SULPHATE 18 - 25%Not AvailableCAS: 55566-30-8EC: 259-709-0

WATER RemainderNot AvailableCAS: 7732-18-5EC: 231-791-2



Inhalation If inhaled, remove from contaminated area. Apply artificial respiration if not breathing.

Skin If skin or hair contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and flush skin and hair with runningwater. Continue flushing with water until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor.

Ingestion For advice, contact a Poison Information Centre on 13 11 26 (Australia Wide) or a doctor (at once). Ifswallowed, do not induce vomiting.

Page 1 of 5SDS Date: 11 Oct 2012



First Aid Facilities Eye wash facilities should be available.


Flammability Non flammable. May evolve toxic gases if strongly heated. May evolve carbon oxides, sulphuroxides and phosphates when heated to decomposition.

Fire and Explosion Treat as per requirements for surrounding fires. Evacuate area and contact emergency services.Remain upwind and notify those downwind of hazard. Wear full protective equipment including SelfContained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) when combating fire. Use waterfog to cool intact containersand nearby storage areas.

Extinguishing Use an extinguishing agent suitable for the surrounding fire.

Hazchem Code None Allocated


Spillage Contact emergency services where appropriate. Use personal protective equipment. Clear area of allunprotected personnel. Ventilate area where possible. Contain spillage, then cover / absorb spill withnon-combustible absorbent material (vermiculite, sand, or similar), collect and place in suitablecontainers for disposal.


Storage Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, removed from oxidising agents, acids and foodstuffs.Ensure containers are adequately labelled, protected from physical damage and sealed when not inuse.



No exposure standard(s) allocated.Exposure Standards


Engineering Controls Avoid inhalation. Use in well ventilated areas. Where an inhalation risk exists, mechanical extractionventilation is recommended.

PPE

Eye / Face Wear splash-proof goggles.Hands Wear PVC or rubber gloves.Body When using large quantities or where heavy contamination is likely, wear coveralls.Respiratory Where an inhalation risk exists, wear a Type A (Organic vapour) respirator.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIESCOLOURLESS TO PALE YELLOW LIQUIDAppearanceSLIGHT ODOUROdourNON FLAMMABLEFlammabilityNOT RELEVANTFlash point> 100°CBoiling point< 0°CMelting pointAS FOR WATEREvaporation rate3.0 to 3.5pH



NOT AVAILABLEVapour density1.08Specific gravitySOLUBLESolubility (water)18 mm Hg @ 20°CVapour pressureNOT RELEVANTUpper explosion limitNOT RELEVANTLower explosion limitNOT AVAILABLEAutoignition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEDecomposition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEViscosityNOT AVAILABLEPartition coefficient> 60 % (Water)% Volatiles




Material to Avoid Incompatible with oxidising agents (eg. hypochlorites) and acids (eg. nitric acid).May evolve carbon oxides, sulphur oxides and phosphates when heated to decomposition.Hazardous Decomposition

Products

Polymerization is not expected to occur.Hazardous Reactions


Eye Severe irritant. Contact may result in irritation, lacrimation, pain, redness and blurring or dimness ofvision. Prolonged contact may result in corneal burns and possible permanent damage.

Inhalation Low irritant. Over exposure to vapours may result in irritation of the nose and throat, with coughing.High level exposure may result in dizziness, nausea and headache. Due to the low vapour pressure,an inhalation hazard is not anticipated with normal use.

Skin Irritant. Contact may result in irritation, redness, rash and dermatitis. Prolonged or repeated contactmay result in burns. May be absorbed through skin with harmful effects. May cause sensitisation byskin contact.

Ingestion Low to moderate toxicity. Ingestion may result in gastrointestinal irritation, nausea, vomiting,abdominal pain and diarrhoea.

Low to moderate toxicity - irritant. This product has the potential to cause adverse health effects withover exposure. Upon dilution, the potential for adverse health effects may be reduced.


Toxicity Data TETRAKIS(HYDROXYMETHYL)PHOSPHONIUM SULPHATE (55566-30-8)LD50 (ingestion) 248 mg/kg (rat)TDLo (ingestion) 650 mg/kg/13 weeks - intermittent (rat)


Environment Limited ecotoxicity data was available for this product at the time this report was prepared. Ensureappropriate measures are taken to prevent this product from entering the environment.

Ecotoxicity 75% TETRAKIS(HYDROXYMETHYL)PHOSPHONIUM SULPHATE (55566-30-8):LC50 (Rainbow Trout) = 119 mg/L/96 hrLC50(Bluegill Sunfish) = 93 mg/L/ 96 hrEC50 (Daphnia Magna) = 19 mg/L/48 hrLC50 (Brown Shrimp) = 340 mg/L/96 hrLC50 (Mysid Shrimp ) = 9.5 mg/L/96 hrLC50 (Sheepshead Minnow) = 94 mg/L/96 hrLC50 (Jevenile Plaice) = 86 mg/L/96 hr

Waste Water managementEC50 (Activated Sludge) = 24 mg/L/3 hr

Persistence/Degradability This product is readily biodegradable.


Waste Disposal For small amounts, absorb with sand, vermiculite or similar and dispose of to an approved landfillsite. For larger amounts, contact the manufacturer for additional information. Prevent contaminationof drains or waterways as aquatic life may be threatened and environmental damage may result.




DG Class/ Division

Subsidiary Risk(s)

Packing Group

Hazchem Code None AllocatedNone AllocatedNone AllocatedNone Allocated None Allocated





None AllocatedProper Shipping Name

UN Number

LAND TRANSPORT(ADG)







Poison Schedule A poison schedule number has not been allocated to this product using the criteria in the Standardfor the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and Poisons (SUSMP)


EXPOSURE CONTROL: If utilised in a closed system the potential for over exposure is reduced. Ifnot used in a closed system, local exhaust ventilation is recommended to control exposure. Provideeye wash and safety shower in close proximity to points of potential exposure. Where the potentialfor an inhalation risk exists, an approved respirator may be required. Do not eat, store, consumefood, tobacco or drink in areas where product is used.


PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT GUIDELINES:The recommendation for protective equipment contained within this ChemAlert report is provided asa guide only. Factors such as method of application, working environment, quantity used, productconcentration and the availability of engineering controls should be considered before final selectionof personal protective equipment is made.


Additional Information



ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial HygienistsCAS # Chemical Abstract Service number - used to uniquely identify chemical compoundsCNS Central Nervous SystemEC No. EC No - European Community NumberGHS Globally Harmonized SystemIARC International Agency for Research on CancerLD50 Lethal Dose, 50% / Median Lethal Dosemg/m³ Milligrams per Cubic MetrePEL Permissible Exposure LimitpH relates to hydrogen ion concentration using a scale of 0 (high acidic) to 14 (highly

alkaline).ppm Parts Per MillionREACH Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of ChemicalsSTOT-RE Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure)STOT-SE Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure)SUSMP Standard for the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and PoisonsTLV Threshold Limit ValueTWA/OEL Time Weighted Average or Occupational Exposure Limit

Abbreviations

DescriptionRevision

Standard SDS Review 1.3Standard SDS Review 1.2Standard SDS Review 1.1Initial SDS creation 1.0

Revision History

Report Status This document has been compiled by RMT on behalf of the manufacturer, importer or supplier ofthe product and serves as their Safety Data Sheet ('SDS').

It is based on information concerning the product which has been provided to RMT by themanufacturer, importer or supplier or obtained from third party sources and is believed torepresent the current state of knowledge as to the appropriate safety and handling precautions forthe product at the time of issue. Further clarification regarding any aspect of the product shouldbe obtained directly from the manufacturer, importer or supplier.

While RMT has taken all due care to include accurate and up-to-date information in this SDS, itdoes not provide any warranty as to accuracy or completeness. As far as lawfully possible, RMTaccepts no liability for any loss, injury or damage (including consequential loss) which may besuffered or incurred by any person as a consequence of their reliance on the informationcontained in this SDS.

Prepared By Risk Management Technologies 5 Ventnor Ave, West Perth Western Australia 6005 Phone: +61 8 9322 1711 Fax: +61 8 9322 1794 Email: [email protected] Web: www.rmt.com.au

SDS Date:

End of SDS

Revision:11 October 20121.3


SODIUM SULPHITEProduct Name


Supplier Name RHEOCHEM LTD

Address 11 Alacrity Place, Henderson, WA, AUSTRALIA, 6166

Telephone +61 8 9410 8200

Fax +61 8 9410 8299

Emergency 1800 127 406 (Australia); 011 64 3 3530199 (International)

Web Site http://www.rheochem.com.au/Synonym(s) SODIUM SULFITEUse(s) ANTIOXIDANT · FOOD PRESERVATIVE · LABORATORY REAGENT · PAPER INDUSTRY ·

PHOTOGRAPHIC DEVELOPER · REDUCING AGENT · WATER TREATMENTSDS Date 12 November 2012



R31 Contact with acids liberates toxic gas.

S25 Avoid contact with eyes.S46 If swallowed, contact a doctor or Poisons Information Centre immediately and show container or

label.

Hazchem Code

Packing Group

UN Number DG Class

Subsidiary Risk(s)

None Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated None AllocatedNone Allocated


SAFETY PHRASES

RISK PHRASES

3. COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTSIngredient Identification Classification Content

SODIUM CARBONATE <0.1%Xi;R36CAS: 497-19-8EC: 207-838-8

SODIUM SULPHITE >97%Not AvailableCAS: 7757-83-7EC: 231-821-4

SODIUM SULPHATE <2.5%Not AvailableCAS: 7757-82-6EC: 231-820-9

WATER <0.1%Not AvailableCAS: 7732-18-5EC: 231-791-2



Inhalation If inhaled, remove from contaminated area. Apply artificial respiration if not breathing.



Skin If skin or hair contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and flush skin and hair with runningwater. Continue flushing with water until advised to stop by a Poisons Information Centre or a doctor.

Ingestion For advice, contact a Poison Information Centre on 13 11 26 (Australia Wide) or a doctor (at once).Urgent hospital treatment is likely to be needed. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting.


First Aid Facilities Eye wash facilities and safety shower are recommended.


Flammability Non flammable. May evolve toxic gases (sulphur oxides) when heated to decomposition.

Fire and Explosion Evacuate area and contact emergency services. Toxic gases may be evolved in a fire situation.Remain upwind and notify those downwind of hazard. Wear full protective equipment including SelfContained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) when combating fire.

Extinguishing Use an extinguishing agent suitable for the surrounding fire.

Hazchem Code None Allocated


Spillage Contact emergency services where appropriate. Use personal protective equipment. Clear area of allunprotected personnel. Prevent spill entering drains or waterways. Contain spillage, then collect andplace in suitable containers for reuse or disposal. Avoid generating dust.


Storage Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, removed from oxidising agents, acids and foodstuffs.Ensure containers are adequately labelled, protected from physical damage and sealed when not inuse. Check regularly for leaks or spills. Also store removed from air and moisture.



Ingredient ReferenceTWA STEL

ppm mg/m³ ppm mg/m³

Sodium Carbonate (total dust) SWA (AUS) -- 10 -- --

Exposure Standards


Engineering Controls Avoid inhalation. Use in well ventilated areas. Where an inhalation risk exists, mechanical extractionventilation is recommended.

PPE

Eye / Face Wear dust-proof goggles.Hands Wear PVC or rubber gloves.Body When using large quantities or where heavy contamination is likely, wear coveralls.Respiratory Where an inhalation risk exists, wear a Class P1 (Particulate) respirator. At high dust levels, wear a

Full-face Class P3 (Particulate) respirator.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIESWHITE CRYSTALLINE SOLIDAppearance



ODOURLESSOdourNON FLAMMABLEFlammabilityNOT RELEVANTFlash pointNOT AVAILABLEBoiling pointNOT AVAILABLEMelting pointNOT AVAILABLEEvaporation rate9.0 to 10.5pHNOT AVAILABLEVapour density2.6Specific gravitySOLUBLESolubility (water)NOT AVAILABLEVapour pressureNOT RELEVANTUpper explosion limitNOT RELEVANTLower explosion limitNOT AVAILABLEAutoignition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEDecomposition temperatureNOT AVAILABLEViscosityNOT AVAILABLEPartition coefficientNOT AVAILABLE% Volatiles




Material to Avoid Incompatible with oxidising agents (eg. hypochlorites) and acids (eg. nitric acid). Sensitive to air andmoisture.May evolve toxic gases (sulphur oxides) when heated to decomposition.Hazardous Decomposition

Products

Polymerization is not expected to occur.Hazardous Reactions


Eye Low irritant. Contact may result in irritation, lacrimation, pain, redness, conjunctivitis and possiblecorneal damage.

Inhalation Low irritant. Over exposure may result in mucous membrane irritation of the respiratory tract, withcoughing. Some individuals are hypersensitive to sulphites, and may experience asthma likesymptoms (wheezing and shortness of breath) immediately following exposure.

Skin Low irritant. Contact may result in irritation, redness, rash and dermatitis.

Ingestion Low to moderate toxicity. Ingestion may result in gastrointestinal irritation, nausea and vomiting.Well tolerated due to the oxidation of sulphites in the body to sulphates, however with largequantities sulphurous acid is formed. Some individuals may have an allergic reaction. The acuteoral LD50 (male rat) is 3.56 g/kg/14 days.

Low to moderate toxicity. This product has the potential to cause adverse health effects with overexposure. Use safe work practices to avoid eye or skin contact and inhalation. Some individuals arehypersensitive to sulphites and may experience respiratory problems following exposure. Individualsknown to be hypersensitive or with existing respiratory problems (eg asthma) are advised to avoidexposure.


Toxicity Data SODIUM CARBONATE (497-19-8)LC50 (inhalation) 800 mg/m³/2 hours (guinea pig)LD50 (ingestion) 4090 mg/kg (rat)LD50 (intraperitoneal) 117 mg/kg (mouse)LD50 (subcutaneous) 2210 mg/kg (mouse)

SODIUM SULPHITE (7757-83-7)LD50 (ingestion) 820 mg/kg (mouse)LD50 (intraperitoneal) 950 mg/kg (mouse)LD50 (intravenous) 175 mg/kg (mouse)LDLo (ingestion) 2825 mg/kg (rabbit)LDLo (intravenous) 400 mg/kg (cat)LDLo (subcutaneous) 600 mg/kg (rabbit)

SODIUM SULPHATE (7757-82-6)LD50 (ingestion) 5989 mg/kg (mouse)



SODIUM SULPHATE (7757-82-6)LD50 (intravenous) 1220 mg/kg (rabbit)LDLo (intravenous) 1220 mg/kg (mouse)TDLo (ingestion) 14 g/kg (mouse - 8-12 days pregnant)TDLo (subcutaneous) 806 mg/kg/26 weeks intermittently (mouse)


Environment Limited ecotoxicity data was available for this product at the time this report was prepared. Ensureappropriate measures are taken to prevent this product from entering the environment.


Waste Disposal Cover spill with soda ash or sodium bicarbonate. Mix and spray with water, may be effervescent.Wait until reaction is complete, scoop into a large beaker and cautiously add equal volume ofsodium hypochlorite (reaction may be vigorous). Add more water, stir and allow to stand (~1hr).Dilute and neutralise. Absorb with sand/similar dispose of to an approved landfill site, or alternatively(for small amounts) flush to sewer with large excess of water.


DG Class/ Division

Subsidiary Risk(s)

Packing Group

Hazchem Code None AllocatedNone AllocatedNone AllocatedNone Allocated None Allocated





None AllocatedProper Shipping Name

UN Number

LAND TRANSPORT(ADG)







Poison Schedule A poison schedule number has not been allocated to this product using the criteria in the Standardfor the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and Poisons (SUSMP)



WORKPLACE CONTROLS AND PRACTICES: Unless a less toxic chemical can be substituted for ahazardous substance, ENGINEERING CONTROLS are the most effective way of reducing exposure.The best protection is to enclose operations and/or provide local exhaust ventilation at the site ofchemical release. Isolating operations can also reduce exposure. Using respirators or protectiveequipment is less effective than the controls mentioned above, but is sometimes necessary.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT GUIDELINES:The recommendation for protective equipment contained within this ChemAlert report is provided asa guide only. Factors such as method of application, working environment, quantity used, productconcentration and the availability of engineering controls should be considered before final selectionof personal protective equipment is made.

Additional Information




ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial HygienistsCAS # Chemical Abstract Service number - used to uniquely identify chemical compoundsCNS Central Nervous SystemEC No. EC No - European Community NumberGHS Globally Harmonized SystemIARC International Agency for Research on CancerLD50 Lethal Dose, 50% / Median Lethal Dosemg/m³ Milligrams per Cubic MetrePEL Permissible Exposure LimitpH relates to hydrogen ion concentration using a scale of 0 (high acidic) to 14 (highly

alkaline).ppm Parts Per MillionREACH Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of ChemicalsSTOT-RE Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure)STOT-SE Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure)SUSMP Standard for the Uniform Scheduling of Medicines and PoisonsTLV Threshold Limit ValueTWA/OEL Time Weighted Average or Occupational Exposure Limit

Abbreviations

DescriptionRevision

Standard SDS ReviewStandard SDS Review

1.2

Standard SDS Review 1.1Initial SDS creation 1.0

Revision History

Report Status This document has been compiled by RMT on behalf of the manufacturer, importer or supplier ofthe product and serves as their Safety Data Sheet ('SDS').

It is based on information concerning the product which has been provided to RMT by themanufacturer, importer or supplier or obtained from third party sources and is believed torepresent the current state of knowledge as to the appropriate safety and handling precautionsfor the product at the time of issue. Further clarification regarding any aspect of the productshould be obtained directly from the manufacturer, importer or supplier.

While RMT has taken all due care to include accurate and up-to-date information in this SDS, itdoes not provide any warranty as to accuracy or completeness. As far as lawfully possible, RMTaccepts no liability for any loss, injury or damage (including consequential loss) which may besuffered or incurred by any person as a consequence of their reliance on the informationcontained in this SDS.

Prepared By Risk Management Technologies 5 Ventnor Ave, West Perth Western Australia 6005 Phone: +61 8 9322 1711 Fax: +61 8 9322 1794 Email: [email protected] Web: www.rmt.com.au

SDS Date:

End of SDS

Revision:12 November 20121.2


�

�**��+�8�>��"��&�%�*��

Picture�shows�degraded�native�vegetation�north�of�well�head.

�

Report�was�compiled�with�aid�of�the�publication.�

Western�Weeds,�a�guide�to�the�weeds�of�Western�Australia.�

B.M.J�Hussey�G.J.�Keighery�R.D.�Cousins�J.�Dodd�S.G.Lloyd�

Also�the�Author’s�local�knowledge.��

�

�**��+�$�>�4��"��

Level 1 Fauna Survey, Dandaragan

For proposed 3D Seismic Survey

Prepared for Latent Petroleum Ltd

December 2015

Front cover and inside cover plates – Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo. Photo by Michael

Burbidge.

Report to: Latent Petroleum Ltd

Contact Persons: Tarnya Inglis, Executive Assistant to Stephen Keenihan (Managing Director),

Latent Petroleum Ltd.

Prepared by: Michael Burbidge and Julie Raines

Date of Production of final report: December 2015

Disclaimer and Limitation This report (the report) has been prepared on behalf of and for the exclusive use of Latent Petroleum

Ltd. and its agents and is subject to and issued in accordance with the agreement between Latent

Petroleum Ltd. and MBContracting specifically for the stated purpose for which it was commissioned.

MBContracting and its agents accept no liability or responsibility whatsoever for it in respect of any

use of or reliance upon the report that is out of the context of this report’s original stated purpose or

by any third party.

The report is based on the scope of services defined by Latent Petroleum Ltd and its agents at the time

of commissioning this report, budgetary and time constraints imposed by Latent Petroleum Ltd and its

agents at the time of commissioning this report, the information supplied by Latent Petroleum Ltd and

its agents at the time of commissioning this report and the method consistent with the preceding. In

some circumstances the scope of services may have been limited by factors such as time, budget,

access, weather and or site disturbance constraints.

MBContracting and its agents will not be liable to update or revise the report to take into account any

events or circumstances occurring or facts becoming apparent after the date of the contract or implied

contract between Latent Petroleum Ltd and MBContracting.

Copying of the report or parts of the report is not permitted without the authorisation of Latent

Petroleum Ltd or its agents or MBContracting.

Summary

Latent Petroleum Ltd (Latent Petroleum) has identified a gas prospect in the southern part of

an area covered by Exploration Permit 321 (EP 321), known as the Dandaragan deep. The

Dandaragan Deep is located approximately 15 – 20 km north-east of the town of Dandaragan

(Figure 1 and 2). Latent Petroleum proposes to conduct a 3D Seismic Survey over this area

to determine the potential gas reserves there (the study area). The proposed 3D seismic

survey will involve using a series of seismic lines over the study area. Where native

vegetation occurs on a seismic line, vegetation will either be avoided or rolled. Rolling

involves using a raised blade on a bulldozer which pushes over the larger vegetation. It tows

a large roller on the back which then flattens that vegetation. The overall effect is to leave

more root stock in the soil, enhancing the rate of regeneration, and leaving more cover on the

ground for small animal species. This method is more favourable to fauna than techniques

that ‘clear to the ground’. Trees are normally avoided if possible, or trimmed. Each rolled

seismic line will be 3.5 – 4 metres in width. Notably, the term ‘clearing’ when referred to in

direct reference to this seismic survey, refers to only these line preparation methods.

This exploration program is subject to environmental approvals and involves conducting a

Level 1 Fauna Survey. Latent Petroleum have been consulting with the local community,

including seeking permission from landowners to conduct fauna, flora and dieback surveys in

remnant native vegetation on their properties.

MBContracting was commissioned by Latent Petroleum Ltd to conduct a Level 1 Fauna

Assessment.

The aims of a Level 1 Fauna Assessment are to –

1. Ascertain what fauna assemblages and conservation significant fauna are likely to be

in the region through a desktop study.

2. Verify which of these species are likely to be within the study area by conducting a brief on-

site reconnaissance survey. This will take into account the condition of the habitats found and

opportunistic sightings of species, directly (e.g. birds and some of the larger mammals and

reptiles) or indirectly via the presence of calls, tracks, scats, feeding signs, nests and burrows.

A camera trap was also deployed in one location. These survey techniques may also add

species to the original desktop list.

3. Identify potential impacts on this fauna, based on available information and make

recommendations for management and further survey work, if necessary.

Fourteen native vegetation based fauna habitats were identified in the study area and are

described and illustrated below. In addition the farmlands contain some areas that have been

used for various purposes including eucalypt and pine plantations, Chamaecytisus palmensis

(Tagasaste or Tree Lucerne) plantings for stock and sand and gravel quarries. There are also

areas where Chamaecytisus palmensis has spread into adjacent native vegetation. These

areas still provide some degree of fauna habitat. The condition and fauna value of each of the

areas sampled within the study area are summarized in Table 1 and the fauna value of each is

mapped in Figure 3.

Notably, the wetland habitat was large, intact and of significant conservation value to fauna.

The Ellis Block, comprising uncleared land owned by Ellis located in the NW corner of the

study area including sites 1,2,78,79,80,82 and 83, is also a large, intact, undisturbed native

bushland of significant conservation value to fauna.

The desktop study identified 498 fauna species as potentially occurring in the general region

and a list of 24 conservation significant species, which need to be considered in impact

assessments. These species are listed in Table 2 together with information on their

conservation status, reason for that conservation status, their biology, probability of their

presence within the study area, the impacts that will affect them if they are present and in

which areas they would be most affected. This table is ordered to reflect the relative

conservation and management priority for these species as a guideline only, based on these

factors and the biology of each species.

Conservation significant species requiring specific conservation and management

consideration include the Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo, Western Brush Wallaby, Peregrine

Falcon, Western Rosella, Rainbow Bee-eater, Great Egret, possibly some other migratory

waterbirds (Sharp-tailed Sandpiper, Pectoral Sandpiper, Red-necked Stint, Common

Greenshank and Cattle Egret) as well as Blue-billed Duck. Details on these species including

their scientific names and conservation status are provided in Table 2. However, there are no

species where the habitat in the study area could be said to be critical to these species

survival.

However, the trees that can support suitable breeding hollows for Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo

are very important. Large – medium sized trees are also important to Peregrine Falcons and

Western Rosellas. Large intact areas of vegetation are also important, though not critical, to

the Western Brush Wallaby and most other species of conservation significance. The quarry

just off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46 27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N) is

currently being used for nesting by Rainbow Bee-eaters and should not be disturbed during

the breeding season.

In addition the wetland areas are potentially providing habitat to small numbers of migratory

waterbird species including the Great Egret and possibly Sharp-tailed Sandpiper, Pectoral

Sandpiper, Red-necked Stint, Common Greenshank and Cattle Egret and many other

waterbirds species. It may possibly be used by the priority species, Blue-billed Duck.

Recommendations include – � Place proposed seismic lines so as to avoid as much high and medium – high value fauna

habitat remnants as possible, based on the information given in Table 1 and Figure 3.

� According to the Black Cockatoo Referral Guidelines, (SEWPaC 2012), avoid clearing

any trees that have a 500mm diameter at breast height or larger. These are by definition

considered suitable for breeding (‘breeding trees’), unless they are determined, by a

zoologist with considerable experience, that they are not breeding trees. Breeding trees

cannot be cleared.

� During the breeding season (August to December inclusive), do not disturb the area within

50 m of these ‘breeding trees’. A buffer of 50 m must be maintained between the site of

disturbance and the breeding or roosting place of any Threatened fauna species including

the Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo.

� If the 3D seismic survey needs to be conducted between August and December (the

breeding season), or if it is necessary to clear medium to large trees, a targeted Carnaby’s

Black Cockatoo breeding survey will need to be undertaken. This survey would cover 50

m either side of the proposed seismic exploration survey lines where there are large trees

present. The survey’s purpose would be to determine which trees, that have a 500 mm

diameter at breast height or greater (‘breeding trees’), would actually be likely to be

supporting breeding hollows for Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo. Use only a zoologist with

considerable experience for this determination.

� In general avoid clearing large trees, (not just those suitable for Carnaby’s Black

Cockatoo) as only older trees tend to provide nesting hollows for fauna.

� Avoid disturbing the quarry just off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46 27 or Zone 50

382499E, 6612732N), so as not to disturb the nesting Rainbow Bee-eaters which have

burrows in the quarry walls. These birds should not be disturbed between October and

January inclusive.

� Avoid disturbing wetland areas including the wetland system that runs east – west parallel

to the Dandaragan Road and the large isolated ponds on farmland.

General recommendations were also made to reduce the impact on fauna, particularly on

conservation significant species, in any areas that are cleared.

Contents

1 Introduction................................................................................................................

1.1 Objectives of a Level 1 Fauna Assessment

2 Methods.......................................................................................................................

2.1 Desktop Study

2.2 Level 1 on-site survey

2.3 Personnel

2.4 Nomenclature and taxonomy

3 Results of the Level 1 Fauna Survey………………………………………………

3.1 Fauna habitat

3.2 Fauna recorded during Level 1 Fauna Survey

3.2.1 Amphibians and reptiles

3.2.2 Birds

3.2.3 Mammals

3.2.4 Fish

3.2.5 Short Range Endemic (SRE) invertebrates

3.3 Limitations of this Level 1 Fauna Survey

4 Assessment of conservation significant species......................................,.................

5 Impact Assessment......................................................................................................

5.1 Loss of habitat

5.2 Increased mortality

5.3 Increased risk of fire

5.4 Increased weed infestation

5.5 Increased dieback infection

5.6 Increased predation and competition

6 Recommendations.......................................................................................................

6.1 Specific recommendations

6.2 Management recommendations

7 References...................................................................................................................

1

1

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

22

35

36

37

37

38

38

38

40

40

41

42

Figure 1. Location of Dandaragan Deep, the study area…………………........................

Figure 2.Location of proposed Dandaragan Deep 3D Seismic Survey………………….

Figure 3. Fauna habitats classified for their relative fauna value.....................................

Plates 1-9. Fauna habitats in the study area…...................................................................

Plates 10a – 10 g. Fauna habitats of the Dandaragan Wetland System………………….

Table 1. Summary of fauna habitat condition and fauna value………………………….

Table 2. Summary of conservation significant fauna and ecological considerations….....

Appendix 1. Results of Desktop Study and Level 1 Fauna Survey ..................................

Appendix 2. EPA guidance to assess the limitations on effectiveness of this Level 1

Fauna Assessment and Malleefowl survey……….............................................................

2 3 19 5 11 14 24 45 57

1

1. Introduction

Latent Petroleum Ltd (Latent Petroleum) has identified a gas prospect in the southern part of an area

covered by Exploration Permit 321 (EP 321), known as the Dandaragan deep. The Dandaragan

Deep is located approximately 15 – 20 km north-east of the town of Dandaragan (Figure 1 and 2).

Latent Petroleum proposes to conduct a 3D Seismic Survey over this area to determine the potential

gas reserves there (the study area).

The proposed 3D seismic survey will involve using a series of seismic lines in a 400 m grid over the

study area. Where native vegetation occurs on a seismic line, vegetation will either be avoided or

rolled. The north – south oriented lines require rolling to allow access by vibroseis trucks, which

will provide vibration at 50 m intervals at low to medium frequencies. Geophones will be laid along

the east - west gridlines (400 m apart) at intervals of 50 m to acquire the seismic data. Rolling

involves using a raised blade on a bulldozer which pushes over the larger vegetation. It tows a large

roller on the back which then flattens that vegetation. The overall effect is to leave more root stock

in the soil, enhancing the rate of regeneration, and leaving more cover for small animal species. This

technique is more favourable to fauna than methods that ‘clear to the ground’. Trees are normally

avoided if possible, or trimmed. Each rolled seismic line will be 3.5 – 4 metres in width. Notably,

the term ‘clearing’ when referred to in direct reference to this seismic survey, refers to only these line

preparation methods.

This exploration program is subject to environmental approvals and involves conducting a Level 1

Fauna Survey. Latent Petroleum have been consulting with the local community, including seeking

permission from landowners to conduct fauna, flora and dieback surveys in remnant native

vegetation on their properties

MBContracting was commissioned by Latent Petroleum Ltd to conduct a Level 1 Fauna Assessment.

Information on the physical environment and flora and vegetation can be found in the flora report

being produced concurrently with this fauna assessment report.

1.1 Objectives of a Desktop Fauna Assessment The aims of a Level 1 Fauna Assessment are to –

1. Ascertain what fauna assemblages and conservation significant fauna are likely to be in the

region, based on available information.

2. Verify which of these species are likely to be within the study area by conducting a brief on-

site reconnaissance survey. This will take into account the condition of the habitats found

and opportunistic sightings of species, directly (e.g. birds and some of the larger mammals

and reptiles) or indirectly via the presence of calls, tracks, scats, feeding signs, nests and

burrows. A camera trap was also deployed in one location. These survey techniques may

also add species to the original desktop list.

2

3. Identify potential impacts on this fauna, based on available information and make

recommendations for management and further survey work, if necessary.

Figure 1. Location of Dandaragan Deep, the study area for this Level 1 Fauna Survey.

3

Figure 2. Location of the proposed Dandaragan Deep 3D Seismic Survey.

4

2. Methods

2.1 Desktop Study The desktop study drew information from a number of different sources. These included the

Commonwealth Environment Protection Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC) Protected Matters

Search Tool (DSEWPaC 2012) (database accessed October 2015 using a 40 km radius), and the

DPaW NatureMap database (DEC 2012a) (accessed October 2015, using a 40 km radius).

NatureMap includes data from the DPaW Threatened Fauna Database (DEC 2012b), BirdLife

Australia Databases (Birdata 2012) and the Western Australian Museum. It also took into account of

any reports or references that could be found pertinent to the area, including Keith Lindbeck and

Associates (2010).

This information is supplemented with information on the habitat requirements and general

distributions of fauna species from field guides and other standard references including frogs (Tyler

et.al. 1994; Tyler and Doughty 2009), reptiles (Storr et al. 1983; 1990; 1999; 2002; Wilson and

Swan 2008), birds (Morcombe 2004; Garnett et al. 2010 and specific volumes of the Handbook of

Australian and New Zealand and Antarctic Birds as stated), mammals (Churchill 2008; Menkhorst et al. 2011; van Dyke and Strahan 2008), Short Range Endemic invertebrates (Harvey 2002 and some

other specific references stated) and tracks (Triggs 1996 and Moseby et al. 2011).

In assessing the likely impact of clearing in the local area, the area within a 15 km radius of the

impact site is generally adopted as a guide according to the EPA guidelines (EPA 2004).

2.2 Level 1 One-Site Survey The Level 1 Fauna Survey was conducted on the study area at Dandaragan between the 31st October

and 3rd November 2015. The survey involved walking over the study area and looking for species

directly (e.g. birds and some of the larger mammals and reptiles), as well as indirectly by listening

for bird calls and finding scats, tracks, diggings, burrows and nests (including Malleefowl mounds).

Effort was focused on significant conservation species and searching for habitat characteristics that

are important to these species.

2.3 Personnel Level 1 survey work and reporting was carried out by Julie Raines B Sc Hons (Australasian

Ecological Services), a zoologist and ecologist with over 30 years of experience in vertebrate

ecology and her technical assistant Michael Burbidge.

5

2.4 Nomenclature and taxonomy The taxonomy and nomenclature used in this report follows the recommendations presented in EPA

Guidance Statement Number 56 (EPA 2004) and the more recent Technical Guide – terrestrial

vertebrate fauna surveys for environmental impact assessment (2010). The nomenclature for

vertebrates generally follows the ‘Checklist of Vertebrates of Western Australia’ (Western

Australian Museum website Nov 2011). However, where data were extracted from the DPaW

NatureMap database, the alphabetical order of species within broad taxonomic groups is maintained.

1. Results of the Level 1 Fauna Survey

1.1 Fauna Habitat Fourteen native vegetation based fauna habitats were identified in the study area and are described

and illustrated below. In addition the farmlands contain some areas that have been used for various

purposes including eucalypt and pine plantations, Chamaecytisus palmensis (Tagasaste or Tree

Lucerne) plantings for stock and sand and gravel quarries. There are also areas where

Chamaecytisus palmensis has spread into adjacent native vegetation. These areas still provide some

degree of fauna habitat. The condition and fauna value of each of the areas sampled within the study

area are summarized in Table 1 and the fauna value of each is mapped in Figure 3.

Notably, the wetland habitat was large, intact and of significant conservation value to fauna. The

Ellis Block, comprising uncleared land owned by Ellis located in the NW corner of the study area

including sites 1,2,78,79,80,82 and 83, is also a large, intact, undisturbed native bushland of

significant conservation value to fauna.

The fauna habitat descriptions below contain some plant identifications, but also included many

additional plants not identified during the fauna survey, as no dedicated botanist was present. More

information on the flora of the area will be available through the Level 1 Flora Survey report being

prepared concurrently with this fauna report.

6

Plate 1. Banksia, Callitris, Eucalyptus Woodland Fauna Habitat

Open to dense woodlands of Banksia, Callitris and Eucalyptus (including E. todtianna) and

sometimes including Casuarina/Allocasuarina, Xylomelum (Woody Pear) and Nuytsia (Australian

Christmas Tree) over a wide variety of shrubland species including Xanthorrhoea (Grasstree),

Macrozamia, myrtaceous species including Melaleuca and Calothamnus, small

Casuarina/Allocasuarina species and Acacia, Jacksonia, Verticordia and proteaceous species

including Grevillea, Hakea and Synaphea, Conospermum (Smoke Bush) and ?Petrophile, over

Dianella, Ptilotis (Mulla Mulla) including the weedy P. polystachyus, sedges sometimes including

club rush, grasses including Ehrharta and sometimes clump grass species and sometimes including

Leschenaultia, Dampiera, Anigozanthos (Cat’s Paw), Conostylis and restionaceous species. Soils are

mostly yellow – grey sand, sometimes orange, but occasionally on sandy-loam.

7

Plate 2. Low Shrubland (0.5 – 1m high) Fauna Habitat

Low shrubland (0.5 – 1m high sometimes to 1.5m). Rich mixture of species including myrtaceous

species including Melaleuca and Calothamnus, Casuarina/Allocasuarina, Callitris, fabaceous

species, proteaceous species including Hakea/Grevillea and Banksia over low species including

Scaevola and Dampiera. Sometimes with sparse emergent Xanthorrhoea (Grasstree) and Callitris

and occasionally Nuytsia (Australian Christmas Tree). Soils are mostly white – grey sand.

Sometimes this habitat was found growing on harder orange loam soil with grey sand-loam

underneath with some rock and gravel. These areas tended to have a higher proportion of proteaceous

species with emergent Xanthorrhoea and Callitris.

Plate 3. Taller Shrubland (0.5m – 2.5m high) Fauna Habitat

Medium – dense to dense shrubland. Similar species to Low Shrubland but taller, usually without

emergent Xanthorrhoea. Soils are mostly white-grey sand.

8

Plate 4. Rocky Hill Top Fauna Habitat.

Dense, medium to low height shrubland on rocky hill, on rocky clay soil (located near the quarry on

the Ellis block). On top there is very low richness including Xanthorrhoea, and a couple of

myrtaceous species over restionaceous species amongst the rocks and in rocky orange clay soil.

Further down are Casuarina/Allocasuarina (sometimes in thickets 2/3 of the way down on yellowish

– grey clay-loam with some laterite and gravel).

Plate 5. Lower Rocky Fauna Habitat

Further down the rocky hill is more variety of plants including proteaceous species including

Grevillea, fabaceous species and Dianella and near the bottom the variety further increases on orange

more sandy loam soil with laterite.

9

3.1.6 Mallee Fauna Habitat

Medium density Mallee woodland with very little understory. Understory includes Xanthorrhoea and

myrtaceous species. Soil loose orange sandy –loam with a relatively high amount of leaf litter.

3.1.7 Dense Callitris Fauna Habitat

Dense Callitris over species including proteaceous and myrtaceous species (including Melaleuca and

Calothamnus), some Casuarina/Allocasuarina over sedges and restionaceous species. Soils are

orange clay with some gravel on top.

10

3.1.8 Tree copse in paddock.

A copse of trees, usually Eucalyptus in paddock with grasses and weeds underneath. Little or no

native plant understory. Occasionally Xanthorrhoea or Macrozamia can be found underneath. Often

plenty of fallen timber.

3.1.9 Other purpose areas

In addition to the native vegetation based fauna habitats, the farmlands have some areas that have

been used for various purposes including eucalypt and pine plantations, Chamaecytisus palmensis

(Tagasaste or Tree Lucerne) plantings for stock and sand and gravel quarries. There are also some

areas where Chamaecytisus palmensis has spread into adjacent native vegetation. These still provide

some degree of fauna habitat. For example, Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo (listed under the EPBC Act)

will utilise the seeds of pines. Various birds and insects will make good use of the eucalypts in the

plantations, a Rainbow Bee-eater (listed under the EPBC Act) was found nesting in the walls of the

sand quarry and many animals may find refuge and nesting locations in dense vegetation including

Tagasaste, though many species will probably need to forage elsewhere.

11

3.1.10 Wetland Fauna Habitats

Dandaragan Wetland System (10a) Long, branching wetland appears as mostly brown in

photograph due to high Juncus content.

The wetland system at Dandaragan includes a large area of wide wetland running approximately east

to west across the study area, largely parallel to the Dandaragan Road (plate 10a above). It comprises

a wide range of fauna habitats inter-dispersed within its length (illustrated in the wetland fauna habitat

plates 10b to 10g below). It comprises mostly shallow areas of sedges, mainly Juncus (see wetland

plate 10b), inter-dispersed with small areas of reeds, areas of chenopods (including Tecticornia) and

bare mud (10c) and sometimes herbs (including small amounts of grass), open water (10d), stands of

Eucalyptus woodland (10e) and Eucalyptus – Casuarina/Allocasuarina woodland (10f). At least two

man-made drains were noted through it. The woodlands were over species including shrubs (e.g.

myrtaceous species including Melaleuca) as well as Juncus and other sedges and reeds and

chenopods. The natural and man-made drains tend to be lined with Juncus, reeds and shrubs

including myrtaceous species including Melaleuca. The wetland was lined at its edges by natural Eucalyptus and Eucalyptus – Casuarina/Allocasuarina

stands, shrublands, planted Eucalyptus and pines as well as Chamaecytisus palmensis (Tagasaste or

Tree Lucerne) which has mostly been spreading into adjacent areas of native vegetation and wetland

habitat.

Wetlands also included ponds within the larger wetland area and individual ponds (10g). They tended

to be lined with shrubs including Melaleuca and Juncus, other sedges, reeds, some grasses and

sometimes trees including Casuarina/Allocasuarina.

12

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10b) Juncus sedgeland.

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10c) Chenopod shrubland and mud.

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10d) Open water.

13

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10e) Eucalyptus woodland.

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10f) Casuarina/Allocasuarina woodland.

Wetland Fauna Habitat (10g) Individual ponds.

19

Fi

gure

3.

Fau

na

hab

itat

s sa

mple

d d

uri

ng L

evel

1 F

auna

Surv

ey, cl

assi

fied

for

thei

r re

lati

ve

faun

a val

ue:

hig

h (

red),

med

ium

-hig

h (

purp

le),

med

ium

(gre

en),

med

ium

- lo

w (

yel

low

) an

d l

ow

(blu

e). S

tud

y a

rea

bound

ary (

bla

ck l

ine)

.

20

3.2 Fauna recorded during Level 1 Fauna Survey

The desktop study identified 498 fauna species as potentially occurring in the general region.

Appendix 1 lists these species. During the on-site survey a number of species were recorded

and these are marked in Appendix 1 with an asterisk. Introduced species are marked with a

cross and species of conservation significance are indicated according to the key provided at

the front of the appendix. Conservation significant species are those species listed as either

Threatened under the Commonwealth Environmental Protection Biodiversity Act (1999)

and/or the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act (1950), or are listed as Priority species by

the Department of Parks and Wildlife. These species need specific consideration in any

impact assessment process.

3.2.1 Amphibians and Reptiles

The combined Desktop Survey and Level 1 on-site survey identified 10 amphibians and 56

reptiles as potentially occurring in the general area. Three frogs were recorded during the

Level 1 on-site survey. Very few medium to large lizard burrows were found (Appendix 1.).

Two conservation significant reptiles were identified in the Desktop Survey, the Woma

(Aspidites ramsayi) and the Black-striped Snake (Neelaps calonotos). More detail about these

species can be found in Table 2.

3.2.2 Birds

The combined Desktop Survey and Level 1 on-site survey identified 171 individual species

of birds as potentially occurring in the general area. Sixty-three bird species were seen or

heard (confirmed) during the on-site Level 1 survey (Appendix 1). Sixteen bird species

identified in the desktop study were conservation significant, including eight waterbird

species. The presence of two of these conservation significant bird species was confirmed

during the on-site survey (Appendix 1). These species were the Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo

and the Rainbow Bee-eater (breeding) (both listed under the EPBC Act 1999). More detail

about these species, their scientific names and conservation status can be found in Table 2.

A number of Rainbow Bee-eater burrows were found dug in the side walls of the quarry just

off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46 27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N). A Rainbow

Bee-eater was seen using one of these nests, confirming the quarry site was being used by

this species at the time the Level 1 fauna survey was conducted.

3.2.3 Mammals

The combined Desktop Survey and Level 1 on-site Survey identified 23 mammals as

potentially occurring in the general area. Five mammal species were recorded (confirmed)

during the on-site Level 1 survey (Appendix 1). These included the Echidna and Western

Grey Kangaroo. Evidence indicates rabbits are reasonably abundant and exotic predators

21

including Red Fox, Feral Cat and Dog/Dingos were present. The Desktop Survey identified 4

mammal species of conservation significance, including the Chuditch and Western Brush

Wallaby. More detail about these species and their scientific names can be found in Table 2.

3.2.4 Fish

The combined Desktop Survey and Level 1 on-site survey identified two species of fish as

potentially occurring in the general area (Appendix 1). None were recorded during the on-

site survey. None were considered of conservation significance.

3.2.5 Short Range Endemic (SRE) Invertebrates

Short Range Endemic (SRE) invertebrate species are not very mobile and can only move over

a short range. They therefore cannot re-distribute themselves when impact occurs in their

area. This lack of mobility also causes species to become isolated and they may inbreed to

the point of becoming taxonomically distinct and therefore unique over the generations.

The Desktop Survey and Level 1 Fauna Survey identified approximately 236 species of

invertebrate as potentially occurring within the study area. However, it should be noted that

the taxonomy for many of these invertebrates has not been finalised. Only one species had

conservation significance, Daphnia jollyi, which is a freshwater crustacean classified as a

DPaW Priority 1 species. More detail about this species, its scientific name and conservation

status can be found in Table 2. No potential SRE habitat was identified during the Level 1

Fauna Survey.

3.4 Limitations of this Level 1 Fauna Assessment

Any survey can be limited in its effectiveness by variables ranging from the weather to the

competency and experience of the personnel conducting the survey. EPA Guidance

Statement 56 (EPA 2004) provides guidelines to assess the limitations and effectiveness of

both Level 1 and 2 fauna surveys. The assessment of the present Level 1 survey is

summarised in Appendix 2. This Level 1 survey had no limitations and can therefore be

deemed an effective survey for a Level 1 Fauna Assessment.

22

4. Assessment of Conservation Significant Species

The combined Desktop study and on-site Level 1 Fauna Survey produced a list of 24

conservation significant species, which need to be considered in the present impact

assessment. These species are listed in Table 2 together with information on their

conservation status, reason for that conservation status, their biology, probability of their

presence within the study area (rated as Confirmed or otherwise as High, Medium, Low or

Negligible probability), the impacts that will affect them if they are present and in which

areas they would be most affected. This table is ordered to reflect the relative conservation

and management priority for each of these species as a guideline only, based on these factors

and the biology of each species.

Species requiring specific conservation and management consideration are those conservation

significant species that have a reasonable probability of occurring in the study area and either

will be affected by the project, as proposed, or will potentially be affected possibly

warranting further investigation. The conservation and management requirements of these

species therefore need to be considered in developing the proposed project and may, or may

not, require the proponent to alter their proposed project and/or implement special

management procedures.

Species requiring conservation and management consideration in the study area include the

Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo, Western Brush Wallaby, Peregrine Falcon, Western Rosella,

Rainbow Bee-eater, Great Egret and possibly some other migratory waterbirds (Sharp-tailed

Sandpiper, Pectoral Sandpiper, Red-necked Stint, Common Greenshank and Cattle Egret) as

well as Blue-billed Duck. The details about these species including their scientific names and

conservation status are provided in Table 2.

This assessment indicates there are no species where the habitat in the study area could be

said to be critical to these species survival. However, the trees that can support suitable

breeding hollows for Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo are very important. Large – medium sized

trees are also important to Peregrine Falcons and Western Rosellas. The quarry just off

Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46 27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N) is currently being

used for nesting by Rainbow Bee-eaters and should not be disturbed during the breeding

season (October to January inclusive). Large intact areas of vegetation are important, though

not critical, to the Western Brush Wallaby and most other species of conservation

significance.

In addition the wetland areas are potentially providing habitat to migratory waterbird species

including the Great Egret and possibly Sharp-tailed Sandpiper, Pectoral Sandpiper, Red-

necked Stint, Common Greenshank and Cattle Egret and many other waterbirds species. It

may also be used by the priority species, Blue-billed Duck. Recommendations are made for

these species and their habitat (see Recommendations section).

23

For various reasons, it is unlikely that the remaining conservation significant species listed in

Table 2 will be of any concern if the study area is disturbed. In all cases there is a low

probability of these species being present because either the habitat is not ideal, or is suitable

but there is far better habitat nearby, or because there are no records within 30 - 40 km or

more of the proposed disturbance. Also the study area may only be a small part of a large

and similar landscape containing a similar range of vegetation as described in the study area.

This applies to the Malleefowl, Chuditch, Water rat, Woma, Black-striped Snake, Australian

Painted Snipe, Hooded Plover, Australian Little Bittern and the freshwater crustacean

(Daphnia jollyi) (see Table 2 for scientific names and details on these lower risk conservation

species).

Some species are of even less concern, because either, the habitat on the study area is clearly

unsuitable and/or there are no records within many 10s of kilometres and /or they will remain

independent of the study area. This applies to the Fork-tailed Swift, Shield-backed Trapdoor

Spider and the Bilby (see Table 2 for scientific names and details on these lower risk

conservation species).

24

Tab

le 2

. Su

mm

ary

of C

onse

rvat

ion

Sign

ifica

nt S

peci

es a

nd E

colo

gica

l Con

side

ratio

ns

Spec

ies

are

ord

ered

to r

efle

ct r

elat

ive

con

serv

atio

n a

nd m

anag

emen

t pri

ori

ty a

s a

guid

elin

e only

, ta

kin

g i

nto

acc

ount

the

conse

rvat

ion

signif

ican

ce o

f th

e sp

ecie

s, i

ts b

iolo

gy,

pro

bab

ilit

y o

f it

bei

ng p

rese

nt

and i

n w

hic

h p

arti

cula

r ar

eas

this

im

pac

t w

ould

occ

ur.

* =

Rec

orde

d in

Lev

el 1

On-

Site

Sur

vey.

Pr

obab

ility

of p

rese

nce

is e

xpre

ssed

as C

onfir

med

or

othe

rwis

e H

igh,

Med

ium

,

L

ow, N

eglig

ible

.

The

refe

rence

s li

sted

in t

he

des

kto

p s

tud

y m

ethod a

re u

sed t

o p

roduce

this

tab

le, ex

cept

wher

e oth

erw

ise

stat

ed.

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

*Car

naby

's B

lack

-C

ocka

too

(Cal

ypto

rhyn

chus

la

tiros

tris

)

En

dan

ger

ed

EP

BC

Act

1999,

En

dan

ger

ed

(Sch

edu

le 2

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

On

ce c

om

mo

n,

this

cock

ato

o’s

po

pu

lati

on

has

dec

lin

ed d

ue

to l

oss

an

d

frag

men

tati

on

of

bre

edin

g

and

fee

din

g h

abit

at i

n t

he

wh

eatb

elt

and

in

crem

enta

l

loss

of

fora

gin

g a

nd

so

me

bre

edin

g h

abit

at o

n t

he

wes

t

coas

t, p

artl

y d

ue

to u

rban

exp

ansi

on

. A

lso

co

mp

etit

ion

for

ho

llo

ws

wit

h i

ntr

od

uce

d

spec

ies

and

poac

hin

g.

It f

eed

s o

n t

he

seed

s o

f,

Euca

lypt

us,

Bank

sia

and

oth

er p

rote

aceo

us

shru

bs.

Con

firm

ed.

S

pec

ies

seen

du

rin

g o

n-s

ite

surv

ey f

eed

ing.

The

area

pro

vid

es f

oo

d s

ourc

es i

ncl

ud

ing B

anks

ia,

larg

e Eu

caly

ptus

,

pin

es,

Calli

tris

an

d s

mal

l am

ou

nts

of

pro

teac

eou

s sh

rub

s

wit

hin

mix

ed s

hru

bla

nds.

Man

y l

arge

Euca

lypt

us t

rees

(>

50

0m

m d

iam

. at

bre

ast

hei

gh

t) a

re a

vai

lab

le f

or

nes

tin

g,

par

ticu

larl

y n

ear

the

wet

lan

d.

Ho

wev

er, th

e tr

unks

of

at l

east

so

me

of

thes

e

bra

nch

ver

y l

ow

, p

recl

ud

ing t

he

likel

iho

od

of

the

indiv

idu

al

tru

nks

pro

du

cin

g s

uit

able

siz

ed h

oll

ow

s.

Nat

ure

Map

has

1 r

eco

rd w

ith

in 5

km

of

the

site

(lo

cal

area

).

Mu

ltip

le r

eco

rds

in a

ll d

irec

tio

ns,

in

clu

din

g s

om

e in

th

e

loca

l ar

ea (

<15

km

).

So

me

loss

of

feed

ing h

abit

at i

f

clea

rin

g o

ccu

rs.

Th

e ex

act

affe

ct

dep

endin

g o

n w

hat

is c

lear

ed.

Lo

ss o

f b

reed

ing

tree

s w

ould

hav

e a

sign

ific

ant

affe

ct.

25

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Pere

grin

e Fa

lcon

(F

alco

per

egrin

us)

Oth

er s

pec

iall

y

pro

tect

ed f

aun

a

(Sch

edu

le 7

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

This

is

a w

ide

ran

gin

g b

ird

of

pre

y p

refe

rrin

g f

ore

st o

r

wo

od

lan

d t

o r

est,

ro

ost

an

d

bre

ed i

n, n

ear

op

en a

reas

wh

ere

it c

an h

un

t.

It h

as

dec

reas

ed d

ue

to h

abit

at l

oss

,

incl

ud

ing f

resh

wat

er

wet

lan

ds

and

poss

ibly

po

achin

g.

His

tori

cal

pes

tici

de

use

hav

e al

so b

een

imp

lica

ted

cau

sin

g e

gg s

hel

l

thin

nin

g.

Hig

h H

abit

at s

uit

able

wit

h l

arge

op

en a

reas

an

d t

rees

nea

rby.

Nat

ure

Map

has

4 r

eco

rds

wit

hin

40

km

, th

e cl

ose

st i

s al

so

the

mo

st r

ecen

t, 1

7km

to

the

SE

fro

m 2

00

2.

Lo

ss o

f fo

ragin

g

hab

itat

if

tree

d a

reas

clea

red

.

Wes

tern

Ros

ella

(in

land

) (P

laty

cerc

us

icte

rotis

subs

p.

xant

hoge

nys)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

4.

This

sp

ecie

s h

as d

isap

pea

red

fro

m o

ver

50

% o

f it

s

his

tori

cal

ran

ge.

M

ost

con

cern

is

in t

he

wh

eatb

elt

wh

ere

hab

itat

has

bec

om

e

ver

y f

rag

men

ted

.

Pre

fers

op

en f

ore

st a

nd

wo

od

lan

ds,

bre

eds

in t

ree

holl

ow

s.

Med

ium

H

abit

at s

uit

able

an

d r

ecord

ed i

n g

ener

al a

rea.

Nat

ure

Map

incl

udes

3 r

ecord

s w

ithin

40

km

fro

m 1

97

7 a

nd

19

79

, th

e cl

ose

st i

s 1

6km

aw

ay.

A r

eco

rd o

f Pla

tyce

rcus

ic

tero

tis f

rom

20

01

is

58

km

to

th

e S

E h

ow

ever

it

has

no

t

bee

n i

den

tifi

ed t

o s

ub

-sp

ecie

s le

vel

.

Ver

y m

ob

ile

spec

ies,

mo

vin

g o

ver

lar

ge

dis

tance

s in

resp

on

se t

o f

oo

d a

vai

labil

ity.

Sm

all

loss

of

bre

edin

g h

abit

at i

f

med

ium

to

lar

ge

tree

s ar

e cl

eare

d.

Min

or

loss

of

fora

gin

g h

abit

at i

f

woo

dla

nds

are

clea

red

.

26

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Wes

tern

Bru

sh

Wal

laby

(M

acro

pus i

rma)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

4.

Hab

itat

has

bee

n s

ever

ely

red

uce

d a

nd

fra

gm

ente

d d

ue

to c

lear

ing f

or

agri

cult

ure

and

ther

e is

a s

ign

ific

ant

dec

lin

e in

ab

un

dan

ce w

ithin

mo

st r

emai

nin

g h

abit

at,

in

par

t d

ue

to f

ox

es.

Ran

ge

incl

ud

es S

W f

rom

no

rth

of

Kal

bar

ri t

o S

E a

t C

ape

Ari

d.

Low

- M

ediu

m

So

me

hab

itat

s su

itab

le.

Nat

ure

Map

sh

ow

s a

nu

mb

er o

f re

cord

s 3

5-4

6 k

m W

in

an

d

nea

r th

e W

on

go

---N

R a

nd 4

0km

N i

n W

ather

oo

NP

. T

her

e

are

also

a n

um

ber

of

reco

rds

fro

m 4

5k

m t

o t

he

S a

nd

SW

.

Th

ere

is a

rec

ord

66

km

NE

in

Mar

tin

----

NR

. S

om

e re

cord

s

rece

nt

oth

ers

old

.

Th

e sp

ecie

s fa

vo

urs

open

gra

ssy w

oo

dla

nd

s an

d o

pen

shru

bla

nd f

or

fora

gin

g a

nd

scr

ubs

for

rest

ing.

Po

ssib

ly m

ay

be

foun

d i

n t

he

Ell

is b

lock

.

Lo

ss o

f w

oo

dla

nd

s

and

shru

bla

nd

wo

uld

pote

nti

ally

hav

e a

sign

ific

ant

affe

ct, p

arti

cula

rly

wh

ere

larg

er a

reas

bec

om

e fr

agm

ente

d.

Gre

at E

gret

( A

rdea

mod

esta

)

Lis

ted

un

der

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Mig

rato

ry B

ird

Agre

emen

ts,

ob

ligin

g

Aust

rali

a to

con

serv

e h

abit

at

for

thes

e

spec

ies.

This

sp

ecie

s is

su

bje

ct t

o

Inte

rnat

ion

al M

igra

tory

Bir

d

Agre

emen

t (s

), b

ecau

se i

t has

dec

reas

ed i

n n

um

ber

s

inte

rnat

ion

ally

su

ffic

ien

t to

be

of

maj

or

con

cern

.

Hig

h H

abit

at s

uit

able

in

an

y o

pen

wet

lan

d a

reas

in

clu

din

g l

arge

ind

ivid

ual

po

nd

s.

Nat

ure

Map

incl

udes

a r

eco

rd 1

5k

m W

in

20

00 (

loca

l ar

ea),

24

km

E (

un

dat

ed)

and

4 t

imes

38

km

to

th

e S

W f

rom

19

99

-

20

07

.

Hab

itat

lo

ss i

f th

e

wet

lan

d o

r

ind

ivid

ual

po

nd

s

area

cle

ared

,

dra

ined

or

dis

turb

ed

27

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

*Rai

nbow

B

ee-e

ater

(M

erop

s orn

atus

)

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Mig

rato

ry B

ird

Agre

emen

t,

ob

ligin

g

Aust

rali

a to

con

serv

e h

abit

at

for

thes

e

spec

ies.

This

sp

ecie

s is

su

bje

ct t

o

Inte

rnat

ion

al M

igra

tory

Bir

d

Agre

emen

t (s

).

It w

inte

rs i

n

Ind

on

esia

an

d n

ort

her

n

Aust

rali

a an

d m

igra

tes

south

to b

reed

. I

t d

igs

a bu

rro

w i

n

the

gro

un

d t

o n

est

in a

nd

favo

urs

soft

er s

oil

s b

ut

wil

l

use

hea

vie

r so

ils

and

som

etim

es u

ses

ban

ks

of

soil

.

Its

po

pu

lati

on

has

bee

n

dec

reas

ing.

Con

firm

ed in

clu

din

g 1

bre

edin

g r

eco

rd.

Hab

itat

su

itab

le f

or

fora

gin

g a

nd

bre

edin

g.

A n

um

ber

of

nes

ts f

ou

nd

du

g i

nto

th

e si

de

wal

l o

f th

e q

uar

ry j

ust

off

Dan

dar

agan

Rd

(3

0 3

6 4

4S

, 1

15

46

27

or

Zo

ne

50

38

24

99

E,

661

27

32

N).

O

ne

of

thes

e co

nfi

rmed

as

bei

ng i

n

use

duri

ng t

he

surv

ey.

Ple

nty

of

oth

er s

and

y h

abit

at f

or

bre

edin

g.

Nat

ure

Map

has

22

rec

ord

s w

ithin

40

km

in

clu

din

g a

clu

ster

of

eigh

t re

cord

s 1

5km

to

the

wes

t (i

.e.

wit

hin

loca

l ar

ea).

Man

y o

f th

e re

cord

s ar

e fr

om

20

00

an

d 2

00

1 w

ith

so

me

as

rece

nt

as 2

007

.

This

sp

ecie

s is

ver

y m

ob

ile

and

unli

kel

y t

o r

ely

sub

stan

tial

ly o

n t

he

area

.

Min

or

loss

of

fora

gin

g a

nd

bre

edin

g h

abit

at i

f

shru

bla

nds

and

woodla

nds

are

clea

red

, lo

ss o

f

bre

edin

g h

abit

at i

f

qu

arry

wal

ls a

re

dis

turb

ed.

28

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Shar

p-ta

iled

Sa

ndpi

per

(Cal

idris

acu

min

ata)

Pect

oral

San

dpip

er

(Cal

idris

mel

anot

os)

Red

-nec

ked

Stin

t (C

alid

ris ru

ficol

lis)

Com

mon

G

reen

shan

k (T

ringa

neb

ular

ia)

Cat

tle E

gret

(A

rdea

ibis)

Lis

ted

un

der

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Mig

rato

ry B

ird

Agre

emen

ts,

ob

ligin

g

Aust

rali

a to

con

serv

e h

abit

at

for

thes

e

spec

ies.

Th

ese

spec

ies

are

subje

ct t

o

Inte

rnat

ion

al M

igra

tory

Bir

d

Agre

emen

t (s

), b

ecau

se t

hes

e

bir

ds

hav

e d

ecre

ased

in

nu

mb

ers

inte

rnat

ional

ly

suff

icie

nt

to b

e of

maj

or

con

cern

.

Low

- M

ediu

m

The

se m

igra

tory

wat

erbi

rds a

re li

ttle

know

n to

the

area

, bu

t the

hab

itat i

s sui

tabl

e fo

r sm

all n

umbe

rs.

Sh

arp

-tai

led

San

dp

iper

rec

ord

ed 1

7k

m E

(n

o d

ate)

. F

ive

reco

rds

70

km

W f

rom

20

00-2

00

9,

5 r

eco

rds

80

km

to

the

SW

fro

m 1

99

0-1

99

2 a

nd

1 r

ecord

87

km

to

th

e S

E f

rom

20

04

.

Pec

tora

l S

andp

iper

rec

ord

ed 1

7k

m t

o E

in

197

3 a

nd

70k

m

W i

n 2

00

9.

Red

-nec

ked

Sti

nt

reco

rded

39

km

SW

in

19

99

, 6

0km

S i

n

20

10

, 6

5km

to

th

e S

W i

n 2

00

1 a

nd

70

km

W i

n 2

013

.

Co

mm

on

Gre

ensh

ank r

ecord

ed f

ou

r ti

mes

35

km

to

th

e S

W

fro

m 1

99

1 t

o 2

00

3.

Cat

tle

Egre

t n

ot

reco

rded

in t

he

area

on

Nat

ure

map

.

Sm

all

hab

itat

loss

if

the

wet

land o

r

ind

ivid

ual

po

nd

s ar

e

clea

red

, d

rain

ed o

r

dis

turb

ed

29

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Blu

e-bi

lled

Duc

k ( O

xyur

a au

stral

is)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

4

Lo

ss a

nd

deg

radat

ion

of

wet

lan

ds

du

e to

dro

ugh

t an

d

hu

man

act

ivit

ies

is a

pro

ble

m

for

this

spec

ies.

Fo

un

d i

n t

emp

erat

e w

etla

nd

s,

fres

h o

r sa

line,

pre

ferr

ing

dee

p,

open

wat

er i

n o

r n

ear

den

se v

eget

atio

n.

Nes

ts

amo

ng r

ush

es, se

dges

or

oth

er w

etla

nd

veg

etat

ion

.

Fo

rms

larg

e fl

ock

s o

n

per

man

ent

wat

er d

uri

ng n

on

-

bre

edin

g s

easo

n a

nd

dro

ugh

ts.

Low

– M

ediu

m

So

me

hab

itat

suit

able

.

Nat

ure

Map

has

10

rec

ord

s 1

1k

m E

, th

e m

ost

rec

ent

from

19

58

. 1

5km

to

th

e W

is

a gro

up

of

two

sig

hti

ngs

fro

m 2

00

1

and

20

10

(lo

cal

area

).

36

km

to

th

e S

W i

s a

gro

up

of

sigh

tin

gs

fro

m b

etw

een 1

991

an

d 2

004

.

Po

tenti

al h

abit

at

loss

if

wet

land

clea

red

or

dis

turb

ed.

Aus

tral

ian

Littl

e B

itter

n (I

xobr

ychu

s min

utus

su

bsp.

dub

ius)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

4

Thre

aten

ed d

ue

to h

abit

at

loss

an

d f

ire.

Fo

un

d i

n f

resh

wat

er s

wam

ps

and

wet

land

s w

ith

den

se

cover

in

un

dat

ed w

ith

wat

er,

rare

ly c

om

ing o

ut

into

th

e

op

en.

Als

o f

ou

nd

in

dra

ins

and

sm

all

arti

fici

al w

etla

nds

pro

vid

ed t

her

e is

co

ver

.

Bre

eds

in d

ense

veg

etat

ion

over

wat

er

Low

H

abit

at n

ot

idea

l.

Nat

ure

Map

- 3

old

rec

ord

s to

th

e E

fro

m 1

91

8-1

92

1.

Th

ere

are

som

e m

ore

rec

ent

sigh

tin

gs

to t

he

SW

, 1

85

km

aw

ay a

t

Qu

in B

roo

k f

rom

19

92

an

d 1

13

0km

aw

ay a

t L

ake

Joo

nd

alu

p f

rom

20

01

.

No

tab

ly L

ittl

e B

itte

rns

are

oft

en n

ot

reco

rded

bec

ause

th

ey

are

cryp

tic,

but

they

co

uld

be

pre

sent.

Po

tenti

al h

abit

at

loss

if

wet

land

clea

red

or

dis

turb

ed.

30

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Fres

hwat

er

crus

tace

an

(Dap

hnia

jolly

i)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

1.

Sm

all

area

of

occ

urr

ence

.

Pre

ferr

ed h

abit

at i

s

fres

hw

ater

po

ols

over

gra

nit

e

bed

rock

, b

ut

this

sp

ecie

s is

po

orl

y u

nder

sto

od

.

Low

H

abit

at n

ot

suit

able

, th

ou

gh p

oo

rly u

nd

erst

oo

d.

Nat

ure

Map

-st

ud

y s

ite

W o

f kn

ow

n o

ccurr

ence

but

dis

trib

uti

on

ver

y p

oo

rly u

nd

erst

oo

d.

Thre

e re

cord

s fr

om

33

km

to

th

e N

E f

rom

19

99

.

Po

tenti

al h

abit

at

loss

if

wet

land

clea

red

or

dis

turb

ed.

*Mal

leef

owl

(Lei

poa

ocel

lata

)

Vuln

erab

le

EP

BC

Act

1999,

Vuln

erab

le

(Sch

edu

le 3

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

Now

unco

mm

on a

nd p

atch

ily

dis

trib

ute

d w

ithin

its

ran

ge

du

e to

cle

arin

g,

frag

men

tati

on

and

deg

rad

atio

n o

f hab

itat

, fi

re

and

chan

ged

fir

e re

gim

es a

nd

pre

dat

ion

by i

ntr

od

uce

d

spec

ies,

mai

nly

fo

xes

.

Low

. L

imit

atio

n i

s th

at t

he

Ell

is b

lock

do

es n

ot

conta

in a

lot

of

den

se s

hru

bla

nd

. O

ther

are

as s

mal

l an

d s

catt

ered

. H

abit

at s

uit

able

fo

r fo

ragin

g a

nd

den

ser

veg

etat

ion

su

itab

le

for

bre

edin

g.

Ho

wev

er,

only

in

sm

all

dis

sect

ed a

mo

un

ts

exce

pt

on

th

e E

llis

blo

ck w

her

e th

ere

is a

rea

sonab

ly l

arge

area

. N

o m

ou

nd

s n

ote

d d

uri

ng r

eco

nn

aiss

ance

su

rvey

, b

ut

it w

as o

nly

a b

rief

su

rvey

.

Nat

ure

Map

has

2 r

eco

rds

wit

hin

40

km

in

Nat

ure

Res

erves

both

N a

nd S

(20

05

and

201

0)

and

a n

um

ber

of

reco

rds

app

rox.

60km

N, N

E, S

E a

nd N

W a

nd W

. A

ll a

re

asso

ciat

ed w

ith

Nat

ure

Res

erves

.

Lo

ss o

f tr

ee a

nd

shru

bla

nd f

aun

a

hab

itat

s w

ould

rem

ove

lim

ited

hab

itat

.

Incr

ease

d t

raff

ic

cou

ld p

ote

nti

ally

cau

se m

ino

r lo

ss t

o

po

pu

lati

on

due

to

road

kil

l.

31

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

*Wes

tern

Quo

ll (C

hu

dit

ch)

(Das

yuru

s geo

ffroi

i)

Vuln

erab

le

EP

BC

Act

1999,

Vuln

erab

le

(Sch

edu

le 3

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

Wit

h a

sev

erel

y r

edu

ced

ran

ge,

this

mam

mal

is

no

w

gen

eral

ly r

estr

icte

d t

o w

et

and

dry

sch

lero

ph

yll

fore

st

and

rem

nan

t m

alle

e in

th

e

sou

th-w

est.

H

abit

at l

oss

and

frag

men

tati

on

and

pre

dat

ion

by f

ox

es a

nd

cat

s is

a m

ajor

pro

ble

m.

Low

S

om

e p

ote

nti

al h

abit

at p

rese

nt.

H

ow

ever

, n

ot

kn

ow

n f

rom

the

area

for

a lo

ng t

ime.

H

abit

at f

ragm

ente

d a

nd

mo

stly

to

o

smal

l co

nsi

der

ing t

he

ho

me

ran

ge

of

the

Chu

dit

ch,

par

ticu

larl

y t

he

mal

es.

Is

at t

he

far

no

rth

ern

end

of

its

ran

ge.

Nat

ure

Map

has

3 r

eco

rds

fro

m t

he

Mo

ora

are

a (1

5 –

21k

m

away

) b

ut

fro

m 1

99

3 t

o 1

99

6.

On

e re

cord

35

km

SW

at

En

emin

ga

NR

(1

98

7)

and 4

7k

m S

at

Nam

min

g N

R (

19

87

).

Lo

ss o

f w

oo

dla

nd

s

and

shru

bla

nd

s

wo

uld

lea

d t

o

sign

ific

ant

loss

of

hab

itat

.

Wat

er-r

at

(Hyd

rom

ys

chry

soga

ster)

DP

aw P

riori

ty 4

Dec

lin

ed d

ue

to h

unti

ng i

n

the

193

0s

and

19

40

s,

curr

entl

y t

hre

aten

ed b

y

hab

itat

alt

erat

ion a

nd

intr

od

uce

d p

red

ators

. U

sual

ly

fou

nd

nea

r p

erm

anen

t fr

esh

or

bra

ckis

h w

ater

, li

ves

in

bu

rro

ws

on

riv

er a

nd

lak

e

ban

ks.

Low

H

abit

at s

uit

able

Nat

ure

Map

-th

e st

ud

y s

ite

is t

ow

ard

s th

e no

rth

ern

exte

nt

of

its

ran

ge

in t

he

south

-wes

t. N

atu

rem

ap h

as 2

rec

ord

s 18

km

to t

he

E f

rom

19

31

, 2

rec

ord

s 4

5km

S f

rom

1971 a

nd t

wo

reco

rds

82

km

to

th

e S

W f

rom

20

11

. A

ll n

earb

y r

eco

rds

are

alo

ng M

oore

Riv

er.

Loss

of

wet

land

hab

itat

wo

uld

rem

ove

lim

ited

hab

itat

.

32

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Wom

a

(Asp

idite

s ram

sayi

)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

1

Fo

un

d i

n w

oo

dla

nd

s, h

eath

,

shru

bla

nds

and h

abit

ats

wit

h

spin

ifex

, th

is s

pec

ies

is

thre

aten

ed b

y h

abit

at l

oss

an

d

po

ssib

ly i

ntr

odu

ced

pre

dat

ors

.

Low

S

uit

able

hab

itat

pre

sent.

Nat

ure

Map

on

ly h

as a

nu

mb

er o

f o

ld r

eco

rds,

1 r

eco

rd t

o

the

E f

rom

19

58

, 1

to

th

e N

E f

rom

19

89

an

d 1

to

th

e N

W

fro

m 1

96

6.

Th

e cl

ose

st r

ecen

t re

cord

is

10

5 k

m t

o t

he

S

fro

m 1

99

6.

Lo

ss o

f h

abit

at i

f

hea

th a

nd

shru

bla

nds

wer

e

clea

red

.

Bla

ck-s

trip

ed

Snak

e

(Nee

laps

cal

onot

os)

DP

aw P

riori

ty 3

Thre

aten

ed b

y h

abit

at l

oss

,

this

sp

ecie

s is

fo

un

d o

n d

unes

and

san

dp

lain

s w

ith

hea

th o

r

ban

ksi

a/eu

caly

pt

wo

odla

nds

on t

he

Sw

an C

oas

tal

Pla

in.

Low

H

abit

at p

oss

ibly

suit

able

but

Nat

ure

Map

rec

ord

s te

nd

to

be

all

wes

t o

f th

e B

ran

d H

igh

way

.

Nat

ure

Map

has

a n

um

ber

of

reco

rds

40

km

to

th

e W

, th

e

mo

st r

ecen

t fr

om

20

00

an

d 7

0k

m t

o t

he

S f

rom

19

84

an

d

19

86

. T

her

e is

1 r

eco

rd 8

8km

to

th

e N

W f

rom

20

07

.

Lo

ss o

f p

ote

nti

al

hab

itat

if

san

dy

shru

bla

nd a

nd

BC

E

wo

od

lan

d h

abit

at

clea

red

.

33

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Aus

tral

ian

Pain

ted

Snip

e (R

ostra

tula

be

ngha

lens

is su

bsp.

au

stra

lis)

En

dan

ger

ed

EP

BC

Act

1999.

En

dan

ger

ed

(Sch

edu

le 2

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

Fo

un

d i

n s

hal

low

fre

shw

ater

wet

lan

ds

and

in

un

dat

ed

gra

ssla

nd

s, p

arti

cula

rly

wh

ere

mu

dfl

ats

are

foun

d

clo

se t

o c

over

. U

sual

ly

bre

eds

on

sm

all

isla

nd

s in

fres

hw

ater

wet

lan

ds.

Thre

aten

ed d

ue

to h

abit

at

loss

, h

abit

at d

egra

dat

ion

and

po

ssib

ly p

red

atio

n.

Low

S

om

e p

oss

ible

hab

itat

.

Few

over

all

sigh

tin

gs

for

this

spec

ies,

th

ou

gh

stu

dy

sit

e

wit

hin

its

ran

ge.

N

atu

reM

ap h

as 1

sig

hti

ng 1

8k

m t

o t

he

E

fro

m 1

92

3. T

he

mo

st r

ecen

t si

gh

tin

g i

n t

he

area

is

120

km

to

the

S f

rom

20

12

, 1

00

km

to

th

e S

W i

s a

clu

ster

of

sigh

tin

gs

fro

m 2

00

2.

Most

sig

hti

ngs

in t

he

regio

n a

re a

sso

ciat

ed w

ith

larg

e la

kes

.

Hab

itat

lo

ss i

f th

e

wet

lan

ds

wer

e

clea

red

or

dis

turb

ed,

lim

ited

hab

itat

.

Hoo

ded

Plov

er

( Thi

norn

is

rubr

icol

lis)

DP

aW P

rio

rity

4

Th

e H

oo

ded

Plo

ver

(Au

stra

lian

en

dem

ic)

has

dec

reas

ed i

n n

um

ber

s

signif

ican

tly a

nd

mu

ch o

f it

s

key

bre

edin

g a

nd

fora

gin

g

hab

itat

is

in a

reas

aff

ecte

d b

y

hu

man

use

an

d p

redat

ors

.

Neg

ligib

le -

Low

H

abit

at l

argel

y u

nsu

itab

le.

Nat

ure

Map

has

2 H

oo

ded

Plo

ver

rec

ord

s 3

7km

to

th

e S

W

fro

m 1

99

9 a

t L

ake

Gu

raga.

Mo

re r

ecen

tly a

pai

r of

reco

rds

fro

m 2

00

9 i

s 1

05

km

to

th

e N

W a

t L

eem

an S

alt

Lak

es.

Min

or

loss

of

hab

itat

if

wet

land

clea

red

or

dis

turb

ed.

Fork

-tai

led

Swift

(A

pus p

acifi

cus)

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Mig

rato

ry B

ird

Agre

emen

t,

ob

ligin

g

Aust

rali

a to

con

serv

e h

abit

at

for

thes

e

spec

ies.

This

sp

ecie

s is

su

bje

ct t

o

Inte

rnat

ion

al M

igra

tory

Bir

d

Agre

emen

ts.

It

bre

eds

in t

he

no

rther

n h

emis

ph

ere

and

over

win

ters

in

th

e so

uth

-

wes

t fr

om

Oct

ob

er.

Neg

ligib

le –

Low

(lar

gel

y i

nd

epen

den

t o

f si

te)

Nat

ure

Map

has

on

e re

cord

40

km

to

th

e N

W f

rom

20

00

.

Th

ere

are

two

sig

hti

ngs

67

km

to

th

e w

est

fro

m 2

01

3.

Aer

ial

fora

ger

an

d h

igh

ly m

ob

ile.

Wil

l re

mai

n l

argel

y

ind

epen

den

t of

the

stu

dy a

rea

if i

t is

in

the

gen

eral

are

a, a

s it

makes

lit

tle

dir

ect

use

of

terr

estr

ial

hab

itat

No

t ap

pli

cable

.

34

Spec

ies

Con

serv

atio

n si

gnifi

canc

e R

easo

n sp

ecie

s is c

onse

rvat

ion

sign

ifica

nt

Prob

abili

ty o

f pre

senc

e in

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd e

colo

gica

l co

nsid

erat

ions

Po

tent

ial i

mpa

cts

that

wou

ld o

ccur

if

spec

ies i

s pre

sent

in

the

stud

y ar

ea

Shie

ld-b

acke

d T

rapd

oor

Spid

er

(Idio

som

a ni

grum

)

Vuln

erab

le

EP

BC

Act

1999,

Vuln

erab

le

(Sch

edu

le 3

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

This

is

a S

ho

rt

Ran

ge

En

dem

ic

spec

ies.

Sm

all

nu

mb

er o

f p

opu

lati

on

s

kn

ow

n a

nd

th

reat

s n

ot

wel

l

under

stood.

Bu

rro

ws

in h

eavy c

lay s

oil

in

area

s of

eith

er o

pen

Eu

caly

ptu

s lo

xo

phle

ba

(York

Gu

m),

E.

salm

on

op

hlo

ia

(Sal

mo

n G

um

or

E.

cap

illo

sa

(Wan

do

o)

un

der

wh

ich

th

ere

is a

sp

arse

un

der

sto

rey o

f

Aca

cia

acu

min

ata

(Jam

).

Fee

ds

in t

he

gro

un

d l

itte

r

surr

ou

ndin

g t

he

burr

ow

.

Neg

ligib

le

Hab

itat

un

suit

able

.

Nat

ure

Map

has

6 r

eco

rds

to t

he

SE

fro

m 1

95

4.

On

e re

cord

40

km

NE

fro

m 2

01

0.

n/a

Bilb

y (M

acro

tis la

gotis

)

Vuln

erab

le

EP

BC

Act

1999,

Vuln

erab

le

(Sch

edu

le 3

)

Wil

dli

fe

Co

nse

rvat

ion

Act

, 1

95

0.

This

sp

ecie

s h

as a

gre

atly

red

uce

d r

ange;

in

Wes

tern

Au

stra

lia

it i

s n

ow

mo

stly

rest

rict

ed t

o t

he

Gre

at S

andy

and G

ibso

n D

eser

ts.

Pre

dat

ion

by f

ox

es i

s a

maj

or

pro

ble

m,

oth

er i

ntr

odu

ced

spec

ies,

hab

itat

lo

ss a

nd

chan

ged

fir

e re

gim

es a

re a

lso

po

tenti

al t

hre

ats.

Neg

ligib

le

No

lo

nger

kn

ow

n f

rom

th

e ar

ea, h

isto

rica

l re

cord

s o

nly

.

Nat

ure

Map

has

2 v

ery o

ld r

eco

rds

40

km

to

th

e N

E,

the

mo

st r

ecen

t of

wh

ich

is

from

19

28

. A

clu

ster

of

sigh

tin

gs

65

km

to

th

e S

are

mo

stly

fro

m t

he

19

20

s an

d 1

93

0s

wit

h

the

mo

st r

ecen

t re

cord

fro

m 1

96

7.

n/a

35

5. Impact Assessment

The desk top study produced a list of 24 conservation significant species, which need to be

considered in impact assessments, however, there are no species where the habitat in the

study area could be said to be critical to these species survival.

However, in the case of the Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo (listed under the EPBC Act 1999),

which was recorded several times at the study site, there are a large number of trees,

particularly near the wetland area which are potentially suitable for breeding. These have,

trunks that are 500mm diameter at breast height (or greater). They are therefore, by

definition, potentially suitable for having (or producing in the near future) hollows suitable

for breeding according to the Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo Recovery Plan (DPaW 2013).

However, it was noted, during the Level 1 Fauna Survey, that a reasonable proportion of

these trees, had their main trunk divided into two trunks low down on the tree to create two

smaller trunks each somewhat less than 500m in diameter, therefore precluding the likelihood

of these trees producing suitable hollows for this cockatoo to nest in. Trees that are suitable

for nesting should not be removed or interfered with, and during the breeding season,

disturbance activity should be kept at least 50m away from trees being used for nesting. To

avoid the breeding season, any clearing would need to be done outside the period from

August to December inclusive (DPaW 2013).

A significant amount of potential foraging habitat, suitable for Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo,

can be found in the study area, in the form of Eucalyptus, Callitris or Banksia trees or

proteaceous shrubs. They were observed feeding on both Banksia and Callitris. Carnaby’s

Black-Cockatoo also utilise pine trees and there are several pine plantations that were noted

in the study area.

Large – medium sized trees are also important to Peregrine Falcons and Western Rosellas.

Rainbow Bee-eaters are using the walls of the quarry just off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S,

115 46 27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N) to build their nests. Whilst they are not restricted

to using steep walls and may nest in much flatter sandy, loam and even loamy clay, it appears

that there may be several pairs (one confirmed) using the quarry in spring and they should not

be disturbed.

Large intact areas of vegetation are particularly important, but not critical, to the Western

Brush Wallaby and most other species of conservation significance.

An extensive, wide wetland system runs approximately east - west across the study area,

largely parallel to the Dandaragan Road. It comprises a wide range of fauna habitats inter-

dispersed within its length (illustrated in the wetland fauna habitat, plates b to g) and will

potentially be providing habitat to many waterbirds species including small numbers of

migratory waterbirds including the Great Egret and possibly Sharp-tailed Sandpiper, Pectoral

36

Sandpiper, Red-necked Stint, Common Greenshank and Cattle Egret and many other

waterbirds species. It may possibly be used by the priority species, Blue-billed Duck. The

large isolated ponds on the farmland are also valuable for this purpose. The wetland and the

ponds will also provide habitat for an array of other wetland species including frogs, reptiles,

fish and many invertebrates. The wetland forms part of the wetland mosaic in the south-west,

providing seasonal food and refuge to waterbirds. Any impact to the wetland causing

disturbance to species (especially in the breeding season) or increased turbidity will

potentially impact some of these conservation values.

The following general impacts also need to be considered -

5.1 Loss of Habitat and Fragmentation of Habitat The general case. Any large-scale clearing or severe disturbance of an area will result in

some loss of habitat for the majority of fauna species currently residing there. The

establishment of closely placed exploration lines can also potentially have this effect. In

dense habitat, tracks and exploration lines will also penetrate and allow easier access by

exotic predators, competitors, weeds and dieback and may contribute to the degrading and

fragmenting of habitat.

Dandaragan study area. In the study area, the seismic exploration lines will be on a 400 m

grid with only the north – south oriented lines requiring sufficient rolling and trimming to

allow vibroseis truck access. As most of the area is farmland, rolling will only occur where

native vegetation or other vegetation is encountered and cannot be avoided. If the north –

south seismic lines are deliberately placed in order to avoid as much high value native

vegetation as possible (see Table 1 and Figure 3), loss of habitat and fragmentation of habitat

could be significantly minimized. The quarry just off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46

27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N) has Rainbow Bee-eaters nesting in its walls and

therefore should be avoided during spring i.e. avoid October to January inclusive.

The most vulnerable area will be the Ellis block, in the north – west of the study area, which

is likely to be ‘opened up’ allowing easier access by exotic predators, competitors, weeds and

dieback. However, much of this is the Low Shrubland Fauna Habitat (0.5 – 1m high) and

therefore is likely to recover quickly from the effects of rolling (which retains much of the

root stock in the soil) and will also leave much more cover on the ground for small animal

species, compared to methods that clear to the ground.

The wetland area is also potentially vulnerable to loss of habitat. However, the seismic

survey will not be conducted in the wetter areas for practical reasons. The peripheral wetland

vegetation, including native trees and dense shrubland, is in narrow bands. If the north –

south seismic lines are deliberately placed in order to avoid as much of this high value

vegetation as possible, the impact to the wetland could be significantly minimized.

37

5.2 Increased Mortality

The general case. Any large-scale clearing or severe disturbance of an area will result in

some direct, or indirect mortality, of the majority of species currently residing there. The

establishment of closely placed exploration lines can also potentially have this effect.

Indirect mortality may occur because the great majority of residents have either nowhere to

go, or the adjacent habitat is already occupied to full carrying capacity by others of that same

species – leading to mortality. Direct mortality could potentially also occur due to vehicle

and earth moving equipment being used.

Dandaragan study area. In the study area, the seismic exploration lines will be on a 400 m

grid with only the north – south oriented lines requiring sufficient rolling and trimming to

allow vibroseis truck access. As most of the area is farmland, rolling will only occur where

native vegetation or other vegetation is encountered and cannot be avoided. If the north –

south seismic lines are deliberately placed in order to avoid as much high value native

vegetation as possible (see Table 1 and Figure 3), mortality due to loss of habitat and

fragmentation of habitat should be minimized. The quarry just off Dandaragan Road (30 36

44S, 115 46 27 or Zone 50 382499E, 6612732N) has Rainbow Bee-eaters nesting in its walls

and therefore should be avoided during spring i.e. avoid October to January inclusive.

The most vulnerable area will be the Ellis block, in the north – west of the study area, which

is likely to be ‘opened up’ allowing easier access by exotic predators, competitors, weeds and

dieback. However, much of this is the Low Shrubland Fauna Habitat (0.5 – 1m high) and

therefore is likely to recover quickly from the effects of rolling (which retains much of the

root stock in the soil) and will also leave much more cover on the ground for small animal

species, compared to methods that clear to the ground.

The wetland area is also potentially vulnerable to loss of habitat. However, the seismic tests

will not be conducted in the wetter areas for practical reasons. The peripheral wetland

vegetation, including native trees and dense shrubland, is in narrow bands. If the seismic

lines are deliberately placed in order to avoid as much of this high value vegetation as

possible, the impact to the wetland and its fauna could be significantly minimized.

5.3 Increased Risk of Fire The general case. Fire can temporarily damage or remove habitat and cause direct and

indirect mortality to fauna via habitat loss. It may also cause more permanent damage to the

habitat by altering the structure, density and floristic composition of the area, especially by

causing the establishment of more weeds. Any increase in human activity in the study area

could potentially increase the risk of wild fire occurring. The impact of fire to the local fauna

communities will depend on the extent and intensity of the fire in question.

38

Dandaragan study area. The Dandaragan 3D seismic survey will involve an increase in

human activity and operating machinery at the study site causing a potential increase in the

risk of wild fire occurring in the area.

5.4 Increased Weed Infestation The general case. Weeds can substantially alter the structure, density and composition of the

native vegetation, thereby affecting the fauna living within it. Increase in human usage of an

area will increase the risk of introducing, or increasing, exotic weeds, particularly if areas of

dense vegetation are penetrated and therefore ‘opened up’ by tracks or exploration lines.

Dandaragan study area. In the study area this impact applies to a small extent. The survey

will increase human usage of the area slightly. The rolling of the vegetation will cause

disturbance to fauna habitats, but should be less vulnerable to weeds because rolling retains

much of the root stock), therefore lessening this impact. The north – south seismic lines may

penetrate some areas of medium - dense native vegetation, but if they are deliberately placed

in order to avoid as much high value native vegetation as possible (see Table 1 and Figure 3),

this should minimize the impact of weed infestation.

5.5 Increased Dieback Infections

The general case. Dieback can substantially alter the structure, density and composition of

the native vegetation, thereby affecting the fauna living within it. An increase in human

usage of an area will increase the risk of introducing dieback infection particularly when the

area is wet or damp and if areas of dense vegetation are penetrated and therefore ‘opened up’

by tracks or exploration lines.

Dandaragan study area. The study area is potentially vulnerable to dieback infection and,

as such, Latent Petroleum will undertake a dieback survey to determine the risks associated

with conducting the 3D Seismic Survey.

5.6 Increased Predation and Competition The general case. Disturbance to bushland will often make the resident fauna more

vulnerable to both predation and competition from introduced exotic animals and the

development of an area often coincides with an increase in these species. The development

of tracks and exploration lines potentially accentuates this effect, particularly when these

penetrate and ‘open up’ densely vegetated areas, making it easier to predators and exotic

animals to penetrate.

Dandaragan study area. In the study area, this impact will apply to a very small extent.

The study area is mainly farmland with only small patches of good quality native vegetation.

39

Many exotic predators will be using the area already. The exception is the Ellis block, in the

north – west of the study area, which comprises a large undisturbed area. It would be

penetrated by the north – south exploration lines. However, the process of rolling leaves

many plants laying on the ground, therefore making it difficult for predators and exotic

competitors to move through and take advantage of the lines penetrating the bushland.

40

6. Recommendations 6.1 Specific Recommendations

6.1.1 Specific Recommendation 1.

Place proposed seismic lines so as to avoid as much high and medium – high value fauna

habitat remnants as possible, based on the information given in Table 1 and Figure 3.

6.1.2 Specific Recommendation 2. According to the Black Cockatoo Referal Guidelines, (SEWPaC 2012), avoid clearing any

trees that have a 500mm diameter at breast height or larger. These are by definition

considered suitable for breeding (breeding trees), unless they are determined, by a zoologist

with considerable experience, that they are not breeding trees. Breeding trees cannot be

cleared.

During the breeding season (August to December inclusive), do not disturb the area within 50

m of these breeding trees. A buffer of 50 m must be maintained between the site of

disturbance and the breeding or roosting place of Threatened fauna species including the

Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo.


If the 3D seismic survey needs to be conducted between August and December (the breeding

season), or if it is necessary to clear medium to large trees, a targeted Carnaby’s Black

Cockatoo breeding survey will need to be undertaken. This survey would cover 50 m either

side of the proposed seismic exploration survey lines where there are large trees present. The

survey’s purpose would be to determine which trees, that have a 500 mm diameter at breast

height or greater (‘breeding trees’), would actually be likely to be supporting breeding

hollows for Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo. Use only a zoologist with considerable experience

for this determination.


In general avoid clearing large trees, (not just those suitable for Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo)

as only older trees tend to provide nesting hollows for fauna.

6.1.5 Specific Recommendation 5. Avoid disturbing the quarry just off Dandaragan Road (30 36 44S, 115 46 27E or Zone 50

382499E, 6612732N) during spring, so as not to disturb the nesting Rainbow Bee-eaters.

Avoid disturbing the birds between October and January inclusive.

41


Avoid disturbing wetland areas, including the peripheral vegetation, and the wetland system

that runs east – west parallel to the Dandaragan Road and the large isolated ponds on

farmland.

6.2 Management Recommendations

In the study area, potential impact upon fauna, due to the seismic survey will relate mainly to

small amounts of habitat loss and the direct and indirect mortality associated with that habitat

loss, or the clearing of larger trees potentially used by fauna for breeding. Impact may also

relate to slightly increased fire risk and possibly an increase in weeds, dieback and feral

predators and competitors due to the increased human activity and the ‘opening up’ of dense

vegetation.

In addition to the specific recommendations above, the following generic management

actions may potentially help to mitigate these impacts –

6.2.1 Management Recommendation 1. Where practicable, avoid clearing vegetation in the spring which is the main breeding season

for most species including conservation significant species. At this time individual animals

are likely to be using particular areas (e.g. established territories), nests, dens, hollows or

burrows and unable to move away from areas of clearing and disturbance.

6.2.2. Management Recommendation 2.

Limit clearing and fragmentation of native vegetation as much as possible.

6.2.3 Management Recommendation 3. Ensure fire risk is managed to prevent habitat loss by fire.

6.2.4 Management Recommendation 4. Ensure a weed control program is applied to the study area including monitoring results and

adjusting strategy as needed. Vehicle and equipment hygiene will be imperative during

implementation of the survey to prevent introduction of additional weeds and dieback.

.

42

7. References

Barrett, G., Silcocks, A., Barry, S., Cunningham, R. and Poulter, R. (2003). The new atlas of Australian birds. Birds Australia, Melbourne.

Benshemesh, J. (2000). National recovery plan for Malleefowl. [Online]. Department of

Environment and Heritage. Available from:

http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/publications/recovery/malleefowl/ind

ex.html.

Benshemesh, J. (2005). National recovery plan for Malleefowl 2006-2010. Department of

Environment and Heritage, Adelaide.

Birdata (2014). Birdata: distribution maps. Online: www.birdata.com.au/maps.vm.

Churchill, S. (2008). Australian bats. 2nd Edition. Allen and Unwin Publishers, Crows Nest

NSW.

Department of Parks and Wildlife (2013). Carnaby’s Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) Recovery Plan. Western Australian Wildlife Management Program No. 52. Department of

Parks and Wildlife, Perth.

Department of Parks and Wildlife (2014). Western Australian threatened fauna database. Department of Environment and Conservation. Available from http://dpaw.wa.gov.au/.

Department of Parks and Wildlife (2015). NatureMap: mapping Western Australia's biodiversity. Department of Environment and Conservation and Western Australian Museum.

Available from: http://naturemap.dpaw.wa.gov.au/.

Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (2015).

Leipoa ocellata in species profile and threats database. Available from

http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicspecies.pl?taxon_id=934

(accessed 2014).

Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (2015).

EPBC Act protected matters search tool. Available from:

www.environment.gov.au/erin/ert/epbc/index.html.

Environmental Protection Authority (2002). Terrestrial biological surveys as an element of biodiversity protection. Position Statement No. 3. EPA, Perth, Western Australia.

Environmental Protection Authority (2004). Terrestrial fauna surveys for environmental impact assessment in Western Australia. Guidance Statement No. 56. EPA, Perth,Western

Australia.

Environmental Protection Authority (2009). Spotted Quoll Open Pit Nickel Mine Western

Areas NL. Report and recommendations of the Environmental Protection Authority.

Environmental Protection Authority Perth, Western Australia report 1334 July, 2009.

43

Environmental Protection Authority and Department of Environment and Conservation

(2010) Technical guide - terrestrial vertebrate fauna surveys for environmental impact assessment (eds B.M. Hyder, J. Dell and M.A. Cowan). Perth, Western Australia.

Garnett, S.T., Szabo, J.K. and Dutson, G. (2010). The action plan for Australian birds 2010. CSIRO Publishing, Victoria.

Harvey, M.S. (2002). Short-range endemism among the Australian fauna: some examples

from non-marine environments. Invertebrate Systematics 16, 555-570.

Higgins, P. J. (Ed.) (1999). Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Oxford University Press, Melbourne.

Johnstone R.E. and Storr, G.M. (1998). Handbook of Western Australian birds. Volume I –nonpasserines (Emu to Dollarbird). Western Australian Museum, Perth WA.

Keith Lindbeck and Associates (2010). Warro gas field 3D seismic survey, environmental

management plan. Unpublished report to Latent Petroleum.

Menkhorst, P. and Knight, F. (2011). A field guide to the mammals of Australia (3rd ed.). Oxford University Press, South Melbourne.

Morcombe, M. (2004). Field guide to Australian birds. Steve Parish Publishing,

Archerfield, Queensland.

Moseby, K., Nano, T. and Southgate, R. (2011). Tales in the sand: a guide to identifying Australian arid zone fauna using spoor and other signs. Ecological Horizons Pty Ltd, South

Australia.

National Malleefowl Recovery Team (2014). www.nationalmalleefowl.com.au/malleefowl-

facts.html (accessed September 2014).

Parsons, B., Short, J. and Roberts, J.D. (2009). Using community observations to predict the

occurrence of Malleefowl (Leipoa ocellata) in the Western Australian wheat-belt. Biological Conservation, 142, 364 -374.

Priddel, D. and R. Wheeler (1995). The biology and management of the Malleefowl (Leipoa ocellata) in New South Wales. Species Management Report 19. New South Wales National

Parks and Wildlife Service, Hurstville, New South Wales.

Rayner, K. (2009). An investigation into the ecology of Chuditch (Dasyurus geoffroii) occurring naturally in a semi-arid climate zone.

Department of Sustainability and Environment, Water, Population and Communities (2012).

EPBC Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species. Australian

Government, 2012. Department of Sustainability and Environment, Water, Population and

Communities.

Storr, G.M., Smith, L.A. and Johnstone, R.E. (1983). Lizards of Western Australia. II Dragons and monitors. Western Australian Museum, Perth.

44

Storr, G.M., Smith, L.A. and Johnstone, R.E. (1990). Lizards of Western Australia. III Geckos and pygopods. Western Australian Museum, Perth.

Storr, G.M., Smith, L.A. and Johnstone, R.E. (1999). Lizards of Western Australia. I Skinks. Western Australian Museum, Perth.

Storr, G.M., Smith, L.A. and Johnstone, R.E. (2002). Snakes of Western Australia. Western

Australian Museum, Perth.

Thompson, G. G., and Thompson, S. A. (2010). Terrestrial vertebrate fauna assessments for ecological impact assessment. (Terrestrial Ecosystems, Mt Claremont, W.A., Perth.).

Triggs, B. (1996). Tracks, scats and other traces: a field guide to Australian mammals.

Oxford University Press, Melbourne.

Tyler, M.J, and Doughty, P. (2009). Field guide to frogs of Western Australia. Western

Australian Museum, Perth.

Wilson, S. and Swan, G. (2008). Reptiles of Australia, Second Edition, New Holland

Publishers, Sydney.

van Dyck, S. and Strahan, R. (2008). The Mammals of Australia (3rd Ed) New Holland

Publishers, Sydney

.

45

Appendix 1.

Results of Desk-Top Study and Level 1 on-site Fauna Survey DATA SOURCES Combined data from DPaW NatureMap, which includes data from Birds Australia Databases and the Western

Australian Museum supplemented by data from the EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool, information collected

on the Level 1 on-site survey and which took into account the results of various local Level 2 Fauna Surveys.

* - Species recorded during Level 1 ‘On-site’ Survey. + - Introduced species. KEY – Environmental Protection Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC Act) (1999) (Commonwealth) categories based on the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). T = Threatened (Extinct, Extinct in the wild, Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable).

X = Extinct. Taxa not recorded in the wild for the past 50 years.

XW = Extinct in the wild. Taxa survives only in captivity.

C = Critically Endangered. Taxa facing extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the

immediate future.

E = Endangered. Taxa facing extinction in the wild in the near future.

V = Vulnerable. Taxa facing high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term future.

NT = Near Threatened. Taxa at risk of becoming Vulnerable in the wild.

CD = Conservation Dependent. Taxa dependent on conservation measures to prevent them

becoming Vulnerable.

DD = Data Deficient. Taxa insufficiently known but suspected of being in one of the above categories.

LC = Least Concern. Taxa are not threatened.

IA = Taxa subject to International Migratory Species Agreements.

KEY - Wildlife Conservation Act (1950) (Western Australia) S1 = Rare or likely to become extinct (Schedule 1)

S2 = Fauna presumed to be extinct (Schedule 2)

S3 = Birds protected under an international agreement (Schedule 3)

S4 = Other specially protected fauna (Schedule 4)

KEY - Department of Environment and Conservation Priority Species List P1 = Taxa with few poorly known locations on threatened lands.

P2 = Taxa with few poorly known populations on conservation lands/several poorly known

populations not on conservation lands.

P3 = Taxa with several poorly known populations, some on conservation lands.

P4 = Taxa in need of monitoring. Taxa sufficiently known and not currently in need of protection,

but require monitoring in case circumstances change.

P5 = Taxa in need of monitoring. Reliant on specific conservation program or would become

threatened within five years (IUCN Conservation Dependent).

46

Appendix 1 continued…. Amphibia Crinia insignifera Squelching Froglet Crinia pseudinsignifera Bleating Froglet Heleioporus albopunctatus Western Spotted Frog Heleioporus eyrei Moaning Frog Heleioporus psammophilus Sand Frog * Limnodynastes dorsalis Western Banjo Frog * Litoria moorei Motorbike Frog Myobatrachus gouldii Turtle Frog Neobatrachus pelobatoides Humming Frog * Pseudophryne guentheri Crawling Toadlet Reptilia Antaresia stimsoni subsp. stimsoni Stimson's Python Aprasia repens Sand-plain Worm-lizard Aspidites ramsayi Woma S Brachyurophis fasciolatus subsp. fasciolatus Narrow-banded Shovel-nosed Snake Brachyurophis semifasciatus Southern Shovel-nosed Snake Christinus marmoratus Marbled Gecko Crenadactylus ocellatus subsp. ocellatus Clawless Gecko Cryptoblepharus buchananii

Ctenophorus adelaidensis Southern Heath Dragon, Western Heath Dragon Ctenophorus maculatus subsp. griseus Spotted Military Dragon Ctenophorus reticulatus Western Netted Dragon Ctenotus australis

Ctenotus fallens

Ctenotus gemmula Jewelled South-west Ctenotus (Swan Coastal Plain pop P3), skink Ctenotus impar

Ctenotus pantherinus Leopard Ctenotus Ctenotus pantherinus subsp. pantherinus Leopard Ctenotus Delma australis

Delma concinna Javelin Legless Lizard Delma concinna subsp. concinna Javelin Legless Lizard Delma fraseri Fraser's Legless Lizard Delma grayii

Demansia psammophis subsp. reticulata Yellow-faced Whipsnake Diplodactylus granariensis

Diplodactylus polyophthalmus

Diplodactylus pulcher

Echiopsis curta Bardick Egernia napoleonis

Gehyra variegata

Heteronotia binoei Bynoe's Gecko Lerista distinguenda

* Lerista elegans

Lerista lineopunctulata

Lerista planiventralis subsp. decora

Lerista praepedita

Lialis burtonis

Liopholis multiscutata Bull Skink

47

Lucasium alboguttatum

Menetia greyii

Morelia spilota subsp. imbricata Carpet Python Morethia lineoocellata

Morethia obscura

Neelaps bimaculatus Black-naped Snake Neelaps calonotos Black-striped Snake P3 Parasuta gouldii

Parasuta nigriceps

Pletholax gracilis Keeled Legless Lizard Pletholax gracilis subsp. gracilis Keeled Legless Lizard Pogona minor Dwarf Bearded Dragon Pogona minor subsp. minor Dwarf Bearded Dragon Pseudechis australis Mulga Snake Pseudonaja affinis subsp. affinis Dugite Pseudonaja mengdeni Western Brown Snake Pseudonaja modesta Ringed Brown Snake Pygopus lepidopodus Common Scaly Foot Simoselaps bertholdi Jan's Banded Snake Strophurus michaelseni

Strophurus spinigerus

Strophurus spinigerus subsp. spinigerus

* Tiliqua occipitalis Western Bluetongue Tiliqua rugosa subsp. rugosa

Underwoodisaurus milii Barking Gecko Varanus gouldii Bungarra or Sand Monitor Aves (Birds)

Acanthagenys rufogularis Spiny-cheeked Honeyeater * Acanthiza apicalis Broad-tailed Thornbill, Inland Thornbill * Acanthiza chrysorrhoa Yellow-rumped Thornbill Acanthiza inornata Western Thornbill Acanthiza lineata

Acanthiza uropygialis Chestnut-rumped Thornbill * Acanthorhynchus superciliosus Western Spinebill Accipiter cirrocephalus Collared Sparrowhawk Accipiter cirrocephalus subsp. cirrocephalus Collared Sparrowhawk Accipiter fasciatus Brown Goshawk Accipiter fasciatus subsp. fasciatus Brown Goshawk * Acrocephalus australis Australian Reed-warbler * Aegotheles cristatus Australian Owlet-nightjar Aegotheles cristatus subsp. cristatus Australian Owlet-nightjar Anas castanea Chestnut Teal * Anas gracilis Grey Teal Anas platyrhynchos Mallard * Anas rhynchotis Australasian Shoveler * Anas superciliosa Pacific Black Duck Anhinga melanogaster subsp. novaehollandiae Darter * Anthochaera carunculata Red Wattlebird Anthochaera lunulata Western Little Wattlebird * Anthus australis subsp. australis Australian Pipit * Aquila audax Wedge-tailed Eagle

48

Aquila morphnoides subsp. morphnoides Little Eagle Ardea modesta Eastern Great Egret IA * Ardea novaehollandiae White-faced Heron * Ardea pacifica White-necked Heron Ardeotis australis Australian Bustard * Artamus cinereus Black-faced Woodswallow Artamus cinereus subsp. cinereus

* Artamus cyanopterus Dusky Woodswallow Artamus personatus Masked Woodswallow Aythya australis Hardhead Biziura lobata Musk Duck Burhinus grallarius Bush Stone-curlew Cacatua leadbeateri Major Mitchell's Cockatoo * Cacatua pastinator Western Long-billed Corella Cacatua pastinator subsp. butleri Butler's Corella * Cacatua roseicapilla Galah * Cacatua sanguinea Little Corella Cacatua sanguinea subsp. westralensis Little Corella

Cacatua tenuirostris Eastern Long-billed Corella Cacomantis flabelliformis Fan-tailed Cuckoo Cacomantis flabelliformis subsp. flabelliformis Fan-tailed Cuckoo Cacomantis pallidus Pallid Cuckoo * Calamanthus campestris Rufous Fieldwren Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper IA Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper IA Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint IA * Calyptorhynchus banksii Red-tailed Black-Cockatoo

* Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnaby's Cockatoo (short-billed black-cockatoo), Carnaby's Cockatoo T

* Charadrius melanops Black-fronted Dotterel Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover P4 Charadrius ruficapillus Red-capped Plover * Chenonetta jubata Australian Wood Duck, Wood Duck Cheramoeca leucosternus White-backed Swallow Chrysococcyx basalis Horsfield's Bronze Cuckoo Chrysococcyx lucidus subsp. plagosus Shining Bronze Cuckoo Chrysococcyx osculans Black-eared Cuckoo Cincloramphus cruralis Brown Songlark Cincloramphus mathewsi Rufous Songlark * Circus approximans Swamp Harrier Circus assimilis Spotted Harrier Climacteris rufa Rufous Treecreeper * Colluricincla harmonica Grey Shrike-thrush Colluricincla harmonica subsp. rufiventris Grey Shrike-thrush + Columba livia Domestic Pigeon * Coracina novaehollandiae Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike Corvus bennetti Little Crow * Corvus coronoides Australian Raven Corvus coronoides subsp. perplexus Australian Raven Coturnix pectoralis Stubble Quail Coturnix ypsilophora Brown Quail * Cracticus nigrogularis Pied Butcherbird * Cracticus tibicen Australian Magpie Cracticus tibicen subsp. dorsalis White-backed Magpie * Cracticus torquatus Grey Butcherbird

49

* Cygnus atratus Black Swan * Dacelo novaeguineae Laughing Kookaburra Daphoenositta chrysoptera Varied Sittella Daphoenositta chrysoptera subsp. pileata Varied Sittella, Black-capped Sitella Dicaeum hirundinaceum Mistletoebird * Dromaius novaehollandiae Emu Elanus caeruleus subsp. axillaris Australian Black-shouldered Kite Eopsaltria georgiana White-breasted Robin * Epthianura albifrons White-fronted Chat Epthianura tricolor Crimson Chat Erythrogonys cinctus Red-kneed Dotterel Eurostopodus argus Spotted Nightjar Falco berigora Brown Falcon Falco berigora subsp. berigora Brown Falcon * Falco cenchroides Australian Kestrel Falco cenchroides subsp. cenchroides Australian Kestrel Falco longipennis Australian Hobby Falco longipennis subsp. longipennis Australian Hobby Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon S Falco peregrinus subsp. macropus Australian Peregrine Falcon * Fulica atra Eurasian Coot Fulica atra subsp. australis Eurasian Coot Gallinula tenebrosa subsp. tenebrosa Dusky Moorhen * Gavicalis virescens Singing Honeyeater Geophaps plumifera Spinifex Pigeon * Gerygone fusca Western Gerygone Gerygone fusca subsp. fusca Western Gerygone Glossopsitta porphyrocephala Purple-crowned Lorikeet * Grallina cyanoleuca Magpie-lark Haliastur sphenurus Whistling Kite Halobaena caerulea Blue Petrel * Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus subsp. leucocephalus Black-winged Stilt Hirundo ariel Fairy Martin Hirundo neoxena Welcome Swallow Ixobrychus minutus subsp. dubius Australian Little Bittern P4 Lalage tricolor White-winged Triller Larus novaehollandiae subsp. novaehollandiae Silver Gull Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl T Lichenostomus leucotis White-eared Honeyeater Lichenostomus leucotis subsp. novaenorciae White-eared Honeyeater * Lichmera indistincta Brown Honeyeater Lichmera indistincta subsp. indistincta Brown Honeyeater Malacorhynchus membranaceus Pink-eared Duck Malurus cyaneus

* Malurus lamberti Variegated Fairy-wren Malurus lamberti subsp. assimilis Variegated Fairy-wren * Malurus leucopterus White-winged Fairy-wren Malurus leucopterus subsp. leuconotus White-winged Fairy-wren Malurus pulcherrimus Blue-breasted Fairy-wren * Malurus splendens Splendid Fairy-wren Manorina flavigula Yellow-throated Miner * Megalurus gramineus Little Grassbird Megalurus gramineus subsp. gramineus Little Grassbird Melithreptus brevirostris Brown-headed Honeyeater

50

Melopsittacus undulatus Budgerigar * Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater IA Milvus migrans Black Kite Myiagra inquieta Restless Flycatcher Ninox novaeseelandiae Boobook Owl Ninox novaeseelandiae subsp. boobook Boobook Owl * Ocyphaps lophotes Crested Pigeon Oreoica gutturalis Crested Bellbird Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck P4 Pachycephala pectoralis Golden Whistler * Pachycephala rufiventris Rufous Whistler Pachycephala rufiventris subsp. rufiventris Rufous Whistler Pardalotus striatus Striated Pardalote Pelecanus conspicillatus Australian Pelican Peltohyas australis Inland Dotterel * Petroica goodenovii Red-capped Robin Petroica multicolor subsp. campbelli Scarlet Robin * Phalacrocorax melanoleucos Little Pied Cormorant Phalacrocorax melanoleucos subsp. melanoleucos Little Pied Cormorant Phalacrocorax sulcirostris Little Black Cormorant * Phaps chalcoptera Common Bronzewing Phylidonyris melanops Tawny-crowned Honeyeater * Phylidonyris nigra White-cheeked Honeyeater Phylidonyris novaehollandiae New Holland Honeyeater * Platalea flavipes Yellow-billed Spoonbill Platycercus elegans

Platycercus icterotis subsp. icterotis Western Rosella Platycercus icterotis subsp. xanthogenys Western Rosella (inland) P4 Platycercus varius Mulga Parrot * Platycercus zonarius Australian Ringneck, Ring-necked Parrot Platycercus zonarius subsp. semitorquatus Twenty-eight Parrot Platycercus zonarius subsp. zonarius Port Lincoln Parrot Podargus strigoides Tawny Frogmouth Podargus strigoides subsp. brachypterus Tawny Frogmouth Poliocephalus poliocephalus Hoary-headed Grebe Polytelis anthopeplus Regent Parrot Polytelis anthopeplus subsp. westralis Regent Parrot Pomatostomus superciliosus White-browed Babbler Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Swamphen Porphyrio porphyrio subsp. bellus Purple Swamphen Porzana fluminea Australian Spotted Crake Porzana pusilla subsp. palustris Baillon's Crake Ptilotula penicillatus White-plumed Honeyeater Ptilotula plumulus Grey-fronted Honeyeater * Pyrrholaemus brunneus Redthroat Recurvirostra novaehollandiae Red-necked Avocet * Rhipidura fuliginosa subsp. preissi Grey Fantail * Rhipidura leucophrys Willie Wagtail Rhipidura leucophrys subsp. leucophrys Willie Wagtail Rostratula benghalensis subsp. australis Australian Painted Snipe T Sericornis frontalis White-browed Scrubwren Sericornis frontalis subsp. maculatus White-browed Scrubwren

Smicrornis brevirostris Weebill Sterna hybrida subsp. javanica Whiskered Tern

51

Stictonetta naevosa Freckled Duck Stipiturus malachurus Southern Emu-wren Strepera versicolor Grey Currawong *+ Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Turtle-Dove * Tachybaptus novaehollandiae Australasian Grebe, Black-throated Grebe

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae subsp. novaehollandiae Australasian Grebe, Black-throated Grebe

Tadorna tadornoides Australian Shelduck, Mountain Duck Taeniopygia guttata subsp. castanotis Zebra Finch Threskiornis molucca Australian White Ibis * Threskiornis spinicollis Straw-necked Ibis Todiramphus pyrrhopygius Red-backed Kingfisher * Todiramphus sanctus Sacred Kingfisher Todiramphus sanctus subsp. sanctus Sacred Kingfisher Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank IA Turnix varia subsp. varia Painted Button-quail Turnix velox Little Button-quail Tyto alba subsp. delicatula Barn Owl Vanellus tricolor Banded Lapwing * Zosterops lateralis Grey-breasted White-eye, Silvereye Zosterops lateralis subsp. gouldi Grey-breasted White-eye Mammalia * Canis familiaris Dog/Dingo Cercartetus concinnus Western Pygmy-possum, Mundarda Chalinolobus gouldii Gould's Wattled Bat Chalinolobus morio Chocolate Wattled Bat Dasyurus geoffroii Chuditch, Western Quoll T Hydromys chrysogaster Water-rat P4 * Macropus fuliginosus Western Grey Kangaroo Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby P4 Macrotis lagotis Bilby, Dalgyte T + Mus musculus House Mouse Nyctophilus geoffroyi Lesser Long-eared Bat * Oryctolagus cuniculus Rabbit Pseudomys albocinereus Ash-grey Mouse Rattus fuscipes Western Bush Rat + Rattus rattus Black Rat Sminthopsis crassicaudata Fat-tailed Dunnart Sminthopsis dolichura Little long-tailed Dunnart Sminthopsis gilberti Gilbert's Dunnart Sminthopsis granulipes White-tailed Dunnart Sminthopsis griseoventer Grey-bellied Dunnart * Tachyglossus aculeatus Short-beaked Echidna Tarsipes rostratus Honey Possum, Noolbenger * Vulpes vulpes Red Fox

Fish

52

Alabes brevis

Echeneis naucrates

Invertebrate Acercella falcipes

Aedes alboannulotus

Aegyptobia yertle

Agraptocorixa eurynome

Agraptocorixa parvipunctata

Alboa worooa

Allodessus bistrigatus

Alona cf. rigidicaudis s.l.

Alona cf. rigidicaudis s.l. (CB, but may be multiple spp.)

Alona rigidicaudis

Alona rigidicaudis s.l.

Alona sp. nov. a (Bryde) (SAP)

Alonella cf. exigua (SAP)

Amblyomma triguttatum

Aname mainae

Anisops baylii

Anisops gratus

Anisops hyperion

Anisops sp.

Anisops thienemanni

Anopheles annulipes

Anopheles annulipes s.l.

Antichiropus whistleri

Antiporus gilberti

Antiporus sp.

Aphyctoschaema armigerum

Apocyclops dengizicus

Araneus cyphoxis

Argiope protensa

Arrenurus cf glaucus

Artoria schizocoides

Australocamptus sp. 5 (SAP)

Australocyclops australis

Austrochiltonia subtenuis

Austrolestes annulosus

Austrolestes aridus

Bdelloidea small contracted of RJS (SAP)

Bdelloidea sp.

Bdelloidea sp. 2:2

Bennelongia australis

Bennelongia barangaroo

Berosus discolor

Berosus macumbensis

Berosus sp.

Bezzia sp. 1

Bezzia sp. 1 (SAP)

Boeckella triarticulata

Brachionus cf. plicatilis

53

Brachionus cf. plicatilis (SAP)

Brachionus plicatilis s.l.

Brachionus urceolaris

Brachionus urceolaris s.l.

Brentidae sp.

Calamoecia ampulla

Calamoecia sp. 342 (ampulla variant)

Calamoecia sp. 342 (ampulla variant) (CB)

Candonocypris novaezelandiae

Canthocamptidae sp. 4 (SAP)

Chironomus aff. alternans (V24)

Chironomus aff. alternans (V24) (CB)

Chironomus tepperi

Chydoridae sp.

Cladopelma curtivalva

Colurella adriatica

Conochilus coenobasis

Cormocephalus aurantiipes

Cormocephalus strigosus

Cormocephalus turneri

Corynoneura sp. (V49)

Corynoneura sp. (V49) (SAP)

Coxiella glabra

Cricotopus 'brevicornis'

Cryptochironomus griseidorsum

Culex (Culex) australicus

Culicoides sp.

Cypricercus salinus

Cyprididae sp.

Daphnia carinata

Daphnia cephalata

Daphnia jollyi freshwater crustacean P1 Daphnia sp.

Daphnia sp. a (SAP) (ex Daphniopsis)

Daphnia truncata

Daphniopsis truncata

Diacypris compacta

Diacypris spinosa

Dicrotendipes conjunctus

Difflugia cf. oblonga (SAP)

Dingosa serrata

Dingosa simsoni

Diptera sp.

Dolichopodidae sp.

Dolichopodidae sp. B (SAP)

Ecnomus pansus

Ecnomus pansus/turgidus

Enchytraeidae sp.

Enochrus elongatulus

Enochrus elongatus

Enochrus eyrensis

Ephydridae sp. 4 (SAP)

Ephydridae sp. 6 (SAP)

Ethmostigmus rubripes

Eucyrtops riparia

54

Euglypha sp.

Euryalona orientalis

Exocelina ater

Filinia novaezelandiae

Forcypomyia sp.

Frontipoda sp.

Glossiphoniidae sp.

Gymnochthebius sp. 1

Gymnochthebius sp. 3

Gymnocthebius sp. 1 (SAP)

Gymnocthebius sp. 3 (SAP)

Haliplus alastairi

Haliplus sp.

Hemiboeckella andersonae

Hemicordulia tau

Henicops dentatus

Hexarthra n. sp.a (cf. fennica with 7/7 unci teeth)

Hexarthra n. sp.a (cf. fennica with 7/7 unci teeth) (SAP)

Hoggicosa storri

Hyderodes sp.

Hydrachna (Hydrachna) sp. 1 (SAP)

Hydrochus australis

Hyphydrus sp.

Idiosoma nigrum Shield-backed Trapdoor Spider T Idiosoma sigillatum

Ilyocypris 'spiculata' (ms name) (SAP)

Ilyocypris 'spiculata' ms

Ilyodromus candonites

Insulodrilus lacustris s.l.

Kennethia sp. 670 (SAP)

Keratella australis

Keratella cf. quadrata (SAP)

Kiefferulus intertinctus

Lancetes lanceolatus

Latonopsis cf. brehmi

Latonopsis cf. brehmi (SAP)

Latrodectus hasseltii

Leberis diaphana iheringi

Leberis diaphana vermiculata

Lecane ludwigii

Lecane rhytida

Leptophlebiidae sp. KAK2? (AusRivas)

Leydigia cf. leydigii

Leydigia cf. leydigii (SAP)

Limbodessus inornatus

Limbodessus shuckhardi

Limnichidae sp. 1 (Ausrivas)

Limnophyes vestitus (V41)

Limnoxenus zelandicus

Liodessus dispar

Liodessus inornatus

Lophocharis sp.

Lynceus sp.

Macrothrix breviseta

Megaporus howitti

55

Mesocyclops brooksi

Mesostigmata sp.

Metacyclops sp.

Metacyclops sp. 4 (SAP)

Metacyclops sp. 442 (salinarum in Morton)

Metacyclops sp. 442 (salinarum in Morton) (CB)

Micronecta robusta

Missulena hoggi

Missulena occatoria

Moina cf. micrura

Moina cf. micrura (SAP)

Monohelea sp. 1

Monohelea sp. 1 (SAP)

Monohelea sp. 3

Monohelea sp. 3 (SAP)

Muscidae sp.

Mytilocypris mytiloides

Naididae (ex Tubificidae)

Neboissophlebia occidentalis

Necterosoma penicillatus

Necterosoma sp.

Nematoda sp.

Newnhamia sp. 295 (south-west, SAP)

Nicodamus mainae

Nilobezzia sp. 1

Nilobezzia sp. 1 (SAP)

Nilobezzia sp. 2 (SAP)

Nitocra near sp. 4 (SAP)

Notalina spira

Notiasemus glauerti

Oecetis sp.

Opisthopora sp.

Oribatida sp.

Orphnaeus brevilabiatus

Orthetrum caledonicum

Orthocladiinae sp. P (SAP)

Ozarchaea westraliensis

Paracymus pygmaeus

Paramerina levidensis

Pentathemis membranulata

Pinkfloydia harveii

Platycypris baueri

Pleuroxus inermis

Polypedilum nubifer

Procladius DEC sp. P1 (formerly P.paludicola P1 no U-claws)

Procladius paludicola

Procladius villosimanus

Psychodinae sp. 2 (SAP)

Ptygura cf. barbata

Raveniella cirrata

Rhantus sp.

Rhantus suturalis

Salpesia squalida

Sandalodes joannae

Sarscypridopsis aculeata

56

Scolopendra morsitans

Sigara mullaka

Staphylinidae sp.

Sternopriscus multimaculatus

Sternopriscus sp.

Stictocladius sp.u

Storena formosa

Stratiomyidae sp.

Tanytarsus barbitarsis

Tanytarsus fuscithorax/semibarbitarsus

Tanytarsus nr bispinosus

Tanytarsus nr bispinosus (SAP)

Tasmanicosa leuckartii

Tasmanocoenis tillyardi

Testudinella patina

Triplectides australis

Troglochernes dewae

Trombidioidea sp.

Urodacus armatus

Urodacus hartmeyeri

Urodacus hoplurus

Urodacus novaehollandiae

Xanthagrion erythroneurum

57

Appendix 2 Assessment of the present Level 1 Fauna Assessment for compliance to EPA Guidance Statement 56 (EPA 2004). These guidelines help define the limitations and effectiveness of fauna assessments.

Possible Limitation Comment

Level of survey.

Level 1 appropriate under circumstances. See

Introduction section.

Competency/experience of the consultant(s) in

carrying out the survey.

Senior zoologist has over 30 years experience in

vertebrate ecology conducted Level 1 survey.

What faunal groups were sampled

and were some sampling methods not able

to be employed because of constraints?

Sampling quite adequate for Level 1reconnaissance

survey, which focuses on identifying fauna habitat,

and its condition, with opportunistic observations on

fauna and their sign..

Proportion of fauna identified, recorded

and/or collected.

All fauna seen and sign of fauna were identified to

species.

Sources of information.

Sources include a range of previous records from the

area, species distribution information and new

observations.

The proportion of the task achieved and

further work that might be needed.

Site inspection completed and all fauna habitat types

sampled

Timing/weather/season/cycle.

This is more than adequate for a level 1

reconnaissance survey which focuses on habitat and

identifying signs of the presence of fauna species

particularly significant species.

Disturbances (e.g. fire, flood, accidental

human intervention etc.) which affected

results of survey.

No disturbances affected the surveys.

Intensity. In retrospect, was the intensity

adequate?

Survey intensity was more than adequate for a Level 1

Fauna Survey in this type of habitat.

Completeness (e.g. was relevant area fully

surveyed).

Desktop study covered project area and adjacent

habitats. Site inspection covered fauna habitat from

within the study site.

Resources (e.g. degree of expertise

available in animal identification to taxon

level).

All vertebrate fauna species identified to taxon level.